]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
5d7836c4 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
7fe8059f | 2 | // Name: wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h |
5d7836c4 JS |
3 | // Purpose: Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl |
4 | // Author: Julian Smart | |
7fe8059f | 5 | // Modified by: |
5d7836c4 | 6 | // Created: 2005-09-30 |
7fe8059f | 7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ |
5d7836c4 JS |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
b01ca8b6 JS |
12 | #ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_ |
13 | #define _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_ | |
14 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
15 | /* |
16 | ||
17 | Data structures | |
18 | =============== | |
19 | ||
20 | Data is represented by a hierarchy of objects, all derived from | |
21 | wxRichTextObject. | |
22 | ||
23 | The top of the hierarchy is the buffer, a kind of wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox. | |
24 | These boxes will allow flexible placement of text boxes on a page, but | |
59509217 JS |
25 | for now there is a single box representing the document, and this box is |
26 | a wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox which contains further wxRichTextParagraph | |
27 | objects, each of which can include text and images. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
28 | |
29 | Each object maintains a range (start and end position) measured | |
30 | from the start of the main parent box. | |
31 | A paragraph object knows its range, and a text fragment knows its range | |
32 | too. So, a character or image in a page has a position relative to the | |
33 | start of the document, and a character in an embedded text box has | |
34 | a position relative to that text box. For now, we will not be dealing with | |
35 | embedded objects but it's something to bear in mind for later. | |
36 | ||
59509217 JS |
37 | Note that internally, a range (5,5) represents a range of one character. |
38 | In the public wx[Rich]TextCtrl API, this would be passed to e.g. SetSelection | |
39 | as (5,6). A paragraph with one character might have an internal range of (0, 1) | |
40 | since the end of the paragraph takes up one position. | |
41 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
42 | Layout |
43 | ====== | |
44 | ||
45 | When Layout is called on an object, it is given a size which the object | |
46 | must limit itself to, or one or more flexible directions (vertical | |
47 | or horizontal). So for example a centered paragraph is given the page | |
48 | width to play with (minus any margins), but can extend indefinitely | |
49 | in the vertical direction. The implementation of Layout can then | |
50 | cache the calculated size and position within the parent. | |
51 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
52 | */ |
53 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
54 | /*! |
55 | * Includes | |
56 | */ | |
57 | ||
b01ca8b6 | 58 | #include "wx/defs.h" |
5d7836c4 JS |
59 | |
60 | #if wxUSE_RICHTEXT | |
61 | ||
b01ca8b6 JS |
62 | #include "wx/list.h" |
63 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
64 | #include "wx/bitmap.h" | |
5d7836c4 JS |
65 | #include "wx/image.h" |
66 | #include "wx/cmdproc.h" | |
67 | #include "wx/txtstrm.h" | |
bec80f4f | 68 | #include "wx/variant.h" |
5d7836c4 | 69 | |
0ca07313 JS |
70 | #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ |
71 | #include "wx/dataobj.h" | |
72 | #endif | |
73 | ||
44cc96a8 | 74 | // Compatibility |
bec80f4f | 75 | //#define wxRichTextAttr wxTextAttr |
44cc96a8 JS |
76 | #define wxTextAttrEx wxTextAttr |
77 | ||
a188ac29 | 78 | // Setting wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET to 1 implements a |
749414f7 | 79 | // caret reliably without using wxClientDC in case there |
1c13f06e | 80 | // are platform-specific problems with the generic caret. |
749414f7 | 81 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__) |
a188ac29 JS |
82 | #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 1 |
83 | #else | |
1c13f06e | 84 | #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 0 |
a188ac29 | 85 | #endif |
1c13f06e JS |
86 | |
87 | // Switch off for binary compatibility, on for faster drawing | |
5cb0b827 JS |
88 | // Note: this seems to be buggy (overzealous use of extents) so |
89 | // don't use for now | |
90 | #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING 0 | |
1c13f06e | 91 | |
bec80f4f JS |
92 | // The following two symbols determine whether an output implementation |
93 | // is present. To switch the relevant one on, set wxRICHTEXT_USE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT in | |
94 | // richtextxml.cpp. By default, the faster direct output implementation is used. | |
95 | ||
96 | // Include the wxXmlDocument implementation for output | |
97 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT 1 | |
98 | ||
99 | // Include the faster, direct implementation for output | |
100 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT 1 | |
101 | ||
706465df JS |
102 | /** |
103 | The line break character that can be embedded in content. | |
ff76711f JS |
104 | */ |
105 | ||
106 | extern WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar; | |
107 | ||
706465df JS |
108 | /** |
109 | File types in wxRichText context. | |
5d7836c4 | 110 | */ |
d75a69e8 FM |
111 | enum wxRichTextFileType |
112 | { | |
113 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY = 0, | |
114 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT, | |
115 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML, | |
116 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML, | |
117 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF, | |
118 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF | |
119 | }; | |
5d7836c4 | 120 | |
603f702b | 121 | /* |
5d7836c4 JS |
122 | * Forward declarations |
123 | */ | |
124 | ||
b5dbe15d VS |
125 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl; |
126 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject; | |
cdaed652 | 127 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage; |
b5dbe15d VS |
128 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCacheObject; |
129 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectList; | |
130 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine; | |
131 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph; | |
132 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler; | |
8db2e3ef | 133 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler; |
7c9fdebe JS |
134 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField; |
135 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType; | |
b5dbe15d | 136 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleSheet; |
b5dbe15d VS |
137 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStyleDefinition; |
138 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextEvent; | |
139 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer; | |
140 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer; | |
bec80f4f | 141 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextXMLHandler; |
603f702b JS |
142 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox; |
143 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock; | |
bec80f4f JS |
144 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode; |
145 | class wxRichTextFloatCollector; | |
706465df JS |
146 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream; |
147 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream; | |
5d7836c4 | 148 | |
706465df JS |
149 | /** |
150 | Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
151 | */ |
152 | ||
153 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH 0x01 | |
154 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT 0x02 | |
155 | #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH 0x04 | |
156 | #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT 0x08 | |
157 | ||
4d551ad5 JS |
158 | // Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within |
159 | // the rect passed to Layout. | |
160 | #define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10 | |
161 | ||
706465df JS |
162 | /** |
163 | Flags to pass to Draw | |
44219ff0 JS |
164 | */ |
165 | ||
166 | // Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes | |
167 | // where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared | |
168 | // with the previous line | |
169 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE 0x01 | |
603f702b JS |
170 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED 0x02 |
171 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_PRINT 0x04 | |
172 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES 0x08 | |
44219ff0 | 173 | |
706465df JS |
174 | /** |
175 | Flags returned from hit-testing, or passed to hit-test function. | |
5d7836c4 | 176 | */ |
f632e27b FM |
177 | enum wxRichTextHitTestFlags |
178 | { | |
179 | // The point was not on this object | |
180 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE = 0x01, | |
181 | ||
182 | // The point was before the position returned from HitTest | |
183 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE = 0x02, | |
184 | ||
185 | // The point was after the position returned from HitTest | |
186 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER = 0x04, | |
5d7836c4 | 187 | |
f632e27b FM |
188 | // The point was on the position returned from HitTest |
189 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON = 0x08, | |
190 | ||
191 | // The point was on space outside content | |
603f702b JS |
192 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE = 0x10, |
193 | ||
194 | // Only do hit-testing at the current level (don't traverse into top-level objects) | |
343ef639 JS |
195 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS = 0x20, |
196 | ||
197 | // Ignore floating objects | |
7c9fdebe JS |
198 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS = 0x40, |
199 | ||
200 | // Don't recurse into objects marked as atomic | |
201 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC = 0x80 | |
f632e27b | 202 | }; |
5d7836c4 | 203 | |
706465df JS |
204 | /** |
205 | Flags for GetRangeSize. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
206 | */ |
207 | ||
208 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED 0x01 | |
209 | #define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED 0x02 | |
2f45f554 | 210 | #define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE 0x04 |
4f3d5bc0 | 211 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY 0x08 |
5d7836c4 | 212 | |
706465df JS |
213 | /** |
214 | Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle. | |
59509217 JS |
215 | */ |
216 | ||
217 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE 0x00 | |
218 | ||
219 | // Specifies that this operation should be undoable | |
220 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO 0x01 | |
221 | ||
222 | // Specifies that the style should not be applied if the | |
223 | // combined style at this point is already the style in question. | |
224 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE 0x02 | |
225 | ||
226 | // Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs, | |
227 | // and not the content. This allows content styling to be | |
228 | // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
229 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04 | |
230 | ||
231 | // Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters, | |
232 | // and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be | |
233 | // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
234 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08 | |
235 | ||
38f833b1 JS |
236 | // For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise |
237 | // deduces number from existing attributes | |
238 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER 0x10 | |
239 | ||
240 | // For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise | |
241 | // the current indentation will be used | |
242 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL 0x20 | |
243 | ||
523d2f14 JS |
244 | // Resets the existing style before applying the new style |
245 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET 0x40 | |
246 | ||
aeb6ebe2 JS |
247 | // Removes the given style instead of applying it |
248 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE 0x80 | |
249 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
250 | /** |
251 | Flags for SetProperties. | |
252 | */ | |
253 | ||
254 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE 0x00 | |
255 | ||
256 | // Specifies that this operation should be undoable | |
257 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO 0x01 | |
258 | ||
259 | // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to paragraphs, | |
260 | // and not the content. | |
261 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x02 | |
262 | ||
263 | // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to characters, | |
264 | // and not the paragraph. | |
265 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x04 | |
266 | ||
267 | // Resets the existing properties before applying the new properties. | |
268 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET 0x08 | |
269 | ||
270 | // Removes the given properties instead of applying them. | |
271 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE 0x10 | |
272 | ||
706465df JS |
273 | /** |
274 | Flags for object insertion. | |
fe5aa22c JS |
275 | */ |
276 | ||
277 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE 0x00 | |
278 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE 0x01 | |
c025e094 | 279 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE 0x02 |
fe5aa22c | 280 | |
6c0ea513 JS |
281 | // A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style |
282 | // as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a | |
283 | // flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode. | |
32423dd8 | 284 | #define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE 0x20000000 |
6c0ea513 | 285 | |
706465df JS |
286 | /** |
287 | Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor. | |
30bf7630 JS |
288 | */ |
289 | ||
290 | #define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR 1.5 | |
291 | ||
706465df JS |
292 | /** |
293 | The type for wxTextAttrDimension flags. | |
294 | */ | |
24777478 | 295 | typedef unsigned short wxTextAttrDimensionFlags; |
cdaed652 | 296 | |
706465df JS |
297 | /** |
298 | Miscellaneous text box flags | |
299 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
300 | enum wxTextBoxAttrFlags |
301 | { | |
302 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT = 0x00000001, | |
303 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR = 0x00000002, | |
603f702b | 304 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS = 0x00000004, |
2f987d83 JS |
305 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT = 0x00000008, |
306 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME = 0x00000010 | |
24777478 | 307 | }; |
cdaed652 | 308 | |
706465df JS |
309 | /** |
310 | Whether a value is present, used in dimension flags. | |
311 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
312 | enum wxTextAttrValueFlags |
313 | { | |
603f702b JS |
314 | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID = 0x1000, |
315 | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK = 0x1000 | |
24777478 | 316 | }; |
cdaed652 | 317 | |
706465df JS |
318 | /** |
319 | Units, included in the dimension value. | |
320 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
321 | enum wxTextAttrUnits |
322 | { | |
323 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM = 0x0001, | |
324 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS = 0x0002, | |
325 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE = 0x0004, | |
326 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_POINTS = 0x0008, | |
327 | ||
328 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK = 0x000F | |
329 | }; | |
330 | ||
706465df JS |
331 | /** |
332 | Position alternatives, included in the dimension flags. | |
333 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
334 | enum wxTextBoxAttrPosition |
335 | { | |
336 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_STATIC = 0x0000, // Default is static, i.e. as per normal layout | |
603f702b | 337 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE = 0x0010, // Relative to the relevant edge |
d87098c0 JS |
338 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE = 0x0020, // Relative to the parent |
339 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_FIXED = 0x0040, // Relative to the top-level window | |
24777478 JS |
340 | |
341 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK = 0x00F0 | |
342 | }; | |
343 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
344 | /** |
345 | @class wxTextAttrDimension | |
346 | ||
347 | A class representing a rich text dimension, including units and position. | |
348 | ||
349 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
350 | @category{richtext} | |
351 | ||
352 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimensions | |
353 | */ | |
354 | ||
6ffb5e91 | 355 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimension |
cdaed652 VZ |
356 | { |
357 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
358 | /** |
359 | Default constructor. | |
360 | */ | |
24777478 | 361 | wxTextAttrDimension() { Reset(); } |
23bdfeee JS |
362 | /** |
363 | Constructor taking value and units flag. | |
364 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
365 | wxTextAttrDimension(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { m_value = value; m_flags = units|wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
366 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
367 | /** |
368 | Resets the dimension value and flags. | |
369 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
370 | void Reset() { m_value = 0; m_flags = 0; } |
371 | ||
23bdfeee | 372 | /** |
32423dd8 JS |
373 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
374 | have to be present if those attributes of @a dim are present. If @a weakTest is | |
375 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dim but not | |
376 | in this object. | |
23bdfeee | 377 | */ |
32423dd8 | 378 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, bool weakTest = true) const; |
24777478 | 379 | |
23bdfeee JS |
380 | /** Apply the dimension, but not those identical to @a compareWith if present. |
381 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
382 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith = NULL); |
383 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
384 | /** Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of |
385 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
386 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
387 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr); |
388 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
389 | /** |
390 | Equality operator. | |
391 | */ | |
24777478 | 392 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const { return m_value == dim.m_value && m_flags == dim.m_flags; } |
603f702b | 393 | |
23bdfeee JS |
394 | /** |
395 | Returns the integer value of the dimension. | |
396 | */ | |
24777478 | 397 | int GetValue() const { return m_value; } |
23bdfeee JS |
398 | |
399 | /** | |
400 | Returns the floating-pointing value of the dimension in mm. | |
401 | ||
402 | */ | |
24777478 | 403 | float GetValueMM() const { return float(m_value) / 10.0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
404 | |
405 | /** | |
406 | Sets the value of the dimension in mm. | |
407 | */ | |
603f702b | 408 | void SetValueMM(float value) { m_value = (int) ((value * 10.0) + 0.5); m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23bdfeee JS |
409 | |
410 | /** | |
411 | Sets the integer value of the dimension. | |
412 | */ | |
603f702b | 413 | void SetValue(int value) { m_value = value; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23bdfeee JS |
414 | |
415 | /** | |
416 | Sets the integer value of the dimension, passing dimension flags. | |
417 | */ | |
603f702b | 418 | void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { SetValue(value); m_flags = flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
419 | |
420 | /** | |
421 | Sets the integer value and units. | |
422 | */ | |
603f702b | 423 | void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_value = value; m_flags = units | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23bdfeee JS |
424 | |
425 | /** | |
426 | Sets the dimension. | |
427 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 428 | void SetValue(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { (*this) = dim; } |
603f702b | 429 | |
23bdfeee JS |
430 | /** |
431 | Gets the units of the dimension. | |
432 | */ | |
24777478 | 433 | wxTextAttrUnits GetUnits() const { return (wxTextAttrUnits) (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK); } |
23bdfeee JS |
434 | |
435 | /** | |
436 | Sets the units of the dimension. | |
437 | */ | |
24777478 | 438 | void SetUnits(wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK; m_flags |= units; } |
603f702b | 439 | |
23bdfeee JS |
440 | /** |
441 | Gets the position flags. | |
442 | */ | |
24777478 | 443 | wxTextBoxAttrPosition GetPosition() const { return (wxTextBoxAttrPosition) (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK); } |
23bdfeee JS |
444 | |
445 | /** | |
446 | Sets the position flags. | |
447 | */ | |
24777478 | 448 | void SetPosition(wxTextBoxAttrPosition pos) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK; m_flags |= pos; } |
603f702b | 449 | |
23bdfeee JS |
450 | /** |
451 | Returns @true if the dimension is valid. | |
452 | */ | |
603f702b | 453 | bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
454 | |
455 | /** | |
456 | Sets the valid flag. | |
457 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
458 | void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); } |
459 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
460 | /** |
461 | Gets the dimension flags. | |
462 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 463 | wxTextAttrDimensionFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
464 | |
465 | /** | |
466 | Sets the dimension flags. | |
467 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 468 | void SetFlags(wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
603f702b | 469 | |
24777478 JS |
470 | int m_value; |
471 | wxTextAttrDimensionFlags m_flags; | |
472 | }; | |
ce00f59b | 473 | |
23bdfeee JS |
474 | /** |
475 | @class wxTextAttrDimensions | |
476 | A class for left, right, top and bottom dimensions. | |
477 | ||
478 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
479 | @category{richtext} | |
480 | ||
481 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension | |
482 | */ | |
483 | ||
bec80f4f | 484 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensions |
24777478 JS |
485 | { |
486 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
487 | /** |
488 | Default constructor. | |
489 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
490 | wxTextAttrDimensions() {} |
491 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
492 | /** |
493 | Resets the value and flags for all dimensions. | |
494 | */ | |
24777478 | 495 | void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); } |
603f702b | 496 | |
23bdfeee JS |
497 | /** |
498 | Equality operator. | |
499 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 500 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const { return m_left == dims.m_left && m_top == dims.m_top && m_right == dims.m_right && m_bottom == dims.m_bottom; } |
603f702b | 501 | |
23bdfeee | 502 | /** |
32423dd8 JS |
503 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
504 | have to be present if those attributes of @a dim sare present. If @a weakTest is | |
505 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dims but not | |
506 | in this object. | |
23bdfeee JS |
507 | |
508 | */ | |
32423dd8 | 509 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, bool weakTest = true) const; |
24777478 | 510 | |
23bdfeee | 511 | /** |
d87098c0 | 512 | Apply to 'this', but not if the same as @a compareWith. |
23bdfeee JS |
513 | |
514 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 515 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith = NULL); |
24777478 | 516 | |
23bdfeee JS |
517 | /** |
518 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
519 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
520 | ||
521 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 522 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr); |
24777478 | 523 | |
23bdfeee JS |
524 | /** |
525 | Remove specified attributes from this object. | |
526 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
527 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr); |
528 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
529 | /** |
530 | Gets the left dimension. | |
531 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
532 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_left; } |
533 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_left; } | |
534 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
535 | /** |
536 | Gets the right dimension. | |
537 | ||
538 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
539 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_right; } |
540 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_right; } | |
541 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
542 | /** |
543 | Gets the top dimension. | |
544 | ||
545 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
546 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_top; } |
547 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_top; } | |
548 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
549 | /** |
550 | Gets the bottom dimension. | |
551 | ||
552 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
553 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; } |
554 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 555 | |
eb3d8a33 JS |
556 | /** |
557 | Are all dimensions valid? | |
558 | ||
559 | */ | |
560 | bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() && m_top.IsValid() && m_right.IsValid() && m_bottom.IsValid(); } | |
561 | ||
24777478 JS |
562 | wxTextAttrDimension m_left; |
563 | wxTextAttrDimension m_top; | |
564 | wxTextAttrDimension m_right; | |
565 | wxTextAttrDimension m_bottom; | |
566 | }; | |
567 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
568 | /** |
569 | @class wxTextAttrSize | |
570 | A class for representing width and height. | |
571 | ||
572 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
573 | @category{richtext} | |
574 | ||
575 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension | |
576 | */ | |
577 | ||
603f702b JS |
578 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrSize |
579 | { | |
580 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
581 | /** |
582 | Default constructor. | |
583 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
584 | wxTextAttrSize() {} |
585 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
586 | /** |
587 | Resets the width and height dimensions. | |
588 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
589 | void Reset() { m_width.Reset(); m_height.Reset(); } |
590 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
591 | /** |
592 | Equality operator. | |
593 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
594 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const { return m_width == size.m_width && m_height == size.m_height ; } |
595 | ||
23bdfeee | 596 | /** |
32423dd8 JS |
597 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
598 | have to be present if those attributes of @a size are present. If @a weakTest is | |
599 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a size but not | |
600 | in this object. | |
23bdfeee | 601 | */ |
32423dd8 | 602 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size, bool weakTest = true) const; |
603f702b | 603 | |
23bdfeee | 604 | /** |
d87098c0 | 605 | Apply to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. |
23bdfeee | 606 | */ |
603f702b JS |
607 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& dims, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith = NULL); |
608 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
609 | /** |
610 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
611 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
612 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
613 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr); |
614 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
615 | /** |
616 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
617 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
618 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr); |
619 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
620 | /** |
621 | Returns the width. | |
622 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
623 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_width; } |
624 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_width; } | |
625 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
626 | /** |
627 | Sets the width. | |
628 | */ | |
603f702b | 629 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_width.SetValue(value, flags); } |
303f0be7 | 630 | |
23bdfeee JS |
631 | /** |
632 | Sets the width. | |
633 | */ | |
603f702b | 634 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_width.SetValue(value, units); } |
303f0be7 | 635 | |
23bdfeee JS |
636 | /** |
637 | Sets the width. | |
638 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
639 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_width.SetValue(dim); } |
640 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
641 | /** |
642 | Gets the height. | |
643 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
644 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_height; } |
645 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_height; } | |
646 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
647 | /** |
648 | Sets the height. | |
649 | */ | |
603f702b | 650 | void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_height.SetValue(value, flags); } |
303f0be7 | 651 | |
23bdfeee JS |
652 | /** |
653 | Sets the height. | |
654 | */ | |
603f702b | 655 | void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_height.SetValue(value, units); } |
303f0be7 | 656 | |
23bdfeee JS |
657 | /** |
658 | Sets the height. | |
659 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
660 | void SetHeight(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_height.SetValue(dim); } |
661 | ||
303f0be7 JS |
662 | /** |
663 | Is the size valid? | |
664 | */ | |
665 | bool IsValid() const { return m_width.IsValid() && m_height.IsValid(); } | |
666 | ||
603f702b JS |
667 | wxTextAttrDimension m_width; |
668 | wxTextAttrDimension m_height; | |
669 | }; | |
670 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
671 | /** |
672 | @class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter | |
673 | A class to make it easier to convert dimensions. | |
674 | ||
675 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
676 | @category{richtext} | |
677 | ||
678 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension | |
679 | */ | |
680 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
681 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensionConverter |
682 | { | |
683 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
684 | /** |
685 | Constructor. | |
686 | */ | |
8995db52 | 687 | wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize); |
23bdfeee JS |
688 | /** |
689 | Constructor. | |
690 | */ | |
8995db52 | 691 | wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize); |
603f702b | 692 | |
23bdfeee JS |
693 | /** |
694 | Gets the pixel size for the given dimension. | |
695 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 696 | int GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) const; |
23bdfeee JS |
697 | /** |
698 | Gets the mm size for the given dimension. | |
699 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
700 | int GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const; |
701 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
702 | /** |
703 | Converts tenths of a mm to pixels. | |
704 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 705 | int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const; |
23bdfeee JS |
706 | /** |
707 | Converts pixels to tenths of a mm. | |
708 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
709 | int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const; |
710 | ||
711 | int m_ppi; | |
712 | double m_scale; | |
713 | wxSize m_parentSize; | |
714 | }; | |
715 | ||
706465df JS |
716 | /** |
717 | Border styles, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
718 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 719 | enum wxTextAttrBorderStyle |
24777478 JS |
720 | { |
721 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE = 0, | |
722 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID = 1, | |
723 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED = 2, | |
724 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED = 3, | |
725 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOUBLE = 4, | |
726 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_GROOVE = 5, | |
727 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_RIDGE = 6, | |
728 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_INSET = 7, | |
729 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_OUTSET = 8 | |
730 | }; | |
731 | ||
706465df JS |
732 | /** |
733 | Border style presence flags, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
734 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 735 | enum wxTextAttrBorderFlags |
24777478 JS |
736 | { |
737 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE = 0x0001, | |
738 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR = 0x0002 | |
739 | }; | |
740 | ||
706465df JS |
741 | /** |
742 | Border width symbols for qualitative widths, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
743 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
744 | enum wxTextAttrBorderWidth |
745 | { | |
746 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THIN = -1, | |
747 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_MEDIUM = -2, | |
748 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THICK = -3 | |
749 | }; | |
750 | ||
706465df JS |
751 | /** |
752 | Float styles. | |
753 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
754 | enum wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle |
755 | { | |
756 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE = 0, | |
757 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT = 1, | |
758 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT = 2 | |
759 | }; | |
760 | ||
706465df JS |
761 | /** |
762 | Clear styles. | |
763 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
764 | enum wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle |
765 | { | |
766 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE = 0, | |
767 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_LEFT = 1, | |
768 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_RIGHT = 2, | |
769 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_BOTH = 3 | |
770 | }; | |
771 | ||
706465df JS |
772 | /** |
773 | Collapse mode styles. TODO: can they be switched on per side? | |
774 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
775 | enum wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode |
776 | { | |
777 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE = 0, | |
778 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_FULL = 1 | |
779 | }; | |
780 | ||
706465df JS |
781 | /** |
782 | Vertical alignment values. | |
783 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
784 | enum wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment |
785 | { | |
786 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE = 0, | |
787 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP = 1, | |
788 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE = 2, | |
789 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM = 3 | |
790 | }; | |
791 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
792 | /** |
793 | @class wxTextAttrBorder | |
794 | A class representing a rich text object border. | |
795 | ||
796 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
797 | @category{richtext} | |
798 | ||
799 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorders | |
800 | */ | |
801 | ||
bec80f4f | 802 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorder |
24777478 JS |
803 | { |
804 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
805 | /** |
806 | Default constructor. | |
807 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 808 | wxTextAttrBorder() { Reset(); } |
603f702b | 809 | |
23bdfeee JS |
810 | /** |
811 | Equality operator. | |
812 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 813 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const |
24777478 JS |
814 | { |
815 | return m_flags == border.m_flags && m_borderStyle == border.m_borderStyle && | |
816 | m_borderColour == border.m_borderColour && m_borderWidth == border.m_borderWidth; | |
817 | } | |
818 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
819 | /** |
820 | Resets the border style, colour, width and flags. | |
821 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
822 | void Reset() { m_borderStyle = 0; m_borderColour = 0; m_flags = 0; m_borderWidth.Reset(); } |
823 | ||
23bdfeee | 824 | /** |
32423dd8 JS |
825 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
826 | have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is | |
827 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not | |
828 | in this object. | |
23bdfeee | 829 | */ |
32423dd8 | 830 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, bool weakTest = true) const; |
cdaed652 | 831 | |
23bdfeee JS |
832 | /** |
833 | Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. | |
834 | ||
835 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 836 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith = NULL); |
24777478 | 837 | |
23bdfeee JS |
838 | /** |
839 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
840 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 841 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr); |
24777478 | 842 | |
23bdfeee JS |
843 | /** |
844 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
845 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
846 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 847 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr); |
24777478 | 848 | |
23bdfeee JS |
849 | /** |
850 | Sets the border style. | |
851 | */ | |
24777478 | 852 | void SetStyle(int style) { m_borderStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE; } |
23bdfeee JS |
853 | |
854 | /** | |
855 | Gets the border style. | |
856 | ||
857 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
858 | int GetStyle() const { return m_borderStyle; } |
859 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
860 | /** |
861 | Sets the border colour. | |
862 | */ | |
24777478 | 863 | void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_borderColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; } |
23bdfeee JS |
864 | |
865 | /** | |
866 | Sets the border colour. | |
867 | */ | |
24777478 | 868 | void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; } |
23bdfeee JS |
869 | |
870 | /** | |
871 | Gets the colour as a long. | |
872 | */ | |
24777478 | 873 | unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_borderColour; } |
23bdfeee JS |
874 | |
875 | /** | |
876 | Gets the colour. | |
877 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
878 | wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_borderColour); } |
879 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
880 | /** |
881 | Gets the border width. | |
882 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
883 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_borderWidth; } |
884 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_borderWidth; } | |
23bdfeee JS |
885 | |
886 | /** | |
887 | Sets the border width. | |
888 | */ | |
24777478 | 889 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width) { m_borderWidth = width; } |
23bdfeee JS |
890 | /** |
891 | Sets the border width. | |
892 | */ | |
603f702b | 893 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); } |
24777478 | 894 | |
23bdfeee JS |
895 | /** |
896 | True if the border has a valid style. | |
897 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 898 | bool HasStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE) != 0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
899 | |
900 | /** | |
901 | True if the border has a valid colour. | |
902 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 903 | bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; } |
23bdfeee JS |
904 | |
905 | /** | |
906 | True if the border has a valid width. | |
907 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
908 | bool HasWidth() const { return m_borderWidth.IsValid(); } |
909 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
910 | /** |
911 | True if the border is valid. | |
912 | */ | |
603f702b | 913 | bool IsValid() const { return HasWidth(); } |
23bdfeee JS |
914 | |
915 | /** | |
916 | Set the valid flag for this border. | |
917 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
918 | void MakeValid() { m_borderWidth.SetValid(true); } |
919 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
920 | /** |
921 | Returns the border flags. | |
922 | */ | |
24777478 | 923 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
924 | |
925 | /** | |
926 | Sets the border flags. | |
927 | */ | |
24777478 | 928 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
23bdfeee JS |
929 | |
930 | /** | |
931 | Adds a border flag. | |
932 | */ | |
24777478 | 933 | void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; } |
23bdfeee JS |
934 | |
935 | /** | |
936 | Removes a border flag. | |
937 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
938 | void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; } |
939 | ||
940 | int m_borderStyle; | |
941 | unsigned long m_borderColour; | |
942 | wxTextAttrDimension m_borderWidth; | |
943 | int m_flags; | |
944 | }; | |
945 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
946 | /** |
947 | @class wxTextAttrBorders | |
948 | A class representing a rich text object's borders. | |
949 | ||
950 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
951 | @category{richtext} | |
952 | ||
953 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorder | |
954 | */ | |
955 | ||
bec80f4f | 956 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorders |
24777478 JS |
957 | { |
958 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
959 | /** |
960 | Default constructor. | |
961 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 962 | wxTextAttrBorders() { } |
ce00f59b | 963 | |
23bdfeee JS |
964 | /** |
965 | Equality operator. | |
966 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 967 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const |
24777478 JS |
968 | { |
969 | return m_left == borders.m_left && m_right == borders.m_right && | |
970 | m_top == borders.m_top && m_bottom == borders.m_bottom; | |
971 | } | |
cdaed652 | 972 | |
23bdfeee JS |
973 | /** |
974 | Sets the style of all borders. | |
975 | */ | |
24777478 | 976 | void SetStyle(int style); |
ce00f59b | 977 | |
23bdfeee JS |
978 | /** |
979 | Sets colour of all borders. | |
980 | */ | |
24777478 | 981 | void SetColour(unsigned long colour); |
23bdfeee JS |
982 | |
983 | /** | |
984 | Sets the colour for all borders. | |
985 | */ | |
24777478 | 986 | void SetColour(const wxColour& colour); |
cdaed652 | 987 | |
23bdfeee JS |
988 | /** |
989 | Sets the width of all borders. | |
990 | */ | |
24777478 | 991 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width); |
23bdfeee JS |
992 | |
993 | /** | |
994 | Sets the width of all borders. | |
995 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
996 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); } |
997 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
998 | /** |
999 | Resets all borders. | |
1000 | */ | |
24777478 | 1001 | void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); } |
cdaed652 | 1002 | |
23bdfeee | 1003 | /** |
32423dd8 JS |
1004 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
1005 | have to be present if those attributes of @a borders are present. If @a weakTest is | |
1006 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a borders but not | |
1007 | in this object. | |
23bdfeee | 1008 | */ |
32423dd8 | 1009 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, bool weakTest = true) const; |
cdaed652 | 1010 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1011 | /** |
1012 | Applies border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. | |
1013 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1014 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith = NULL); |
cdaed652 | 1015 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1016 | /** |
1017 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1018 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1019 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr); |
cdaed652 | 1020 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1021 | /** |
1022 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1023 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1024 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1025 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr); |
603f702b | 1026 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1027 | /** |
1028 | Returns @true if all borders are valid. | |
1029 | */ | |
603f702b | 1030 | bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() || m_right.IsValid() || m_top.IsValid() || m_bottom.IsValid(); } |
cdaed652 | 1031 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1032 | /** |
1033 | Returns the left border. | |
1034 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1035 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() const { return m_left; } |
1036 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() { return m_left; } | |
603f702b | 1037 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1038 | /** |
1039 | Returns the right border. | |
1040 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1041 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() const { return m_right; } |
1042 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() { return m_right; } | |
603f702b | 1043 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1044 | /** |
1045 | Returns the top border. | |
1046 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1047 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() const { return m_top; } |
1048 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() { return m_top; } | |
603f702b | 1049 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1050 | /** |
1051 | Returns the bottom border. | |
1052 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1053 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; } |
1054 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; } | |
603f702b | 1055 | |
bec80f4f | 1056 | wxTextAttrBorder m_left, m_right, m_top, m_bottom; |
cdaed652 | 1057 | |
24777478 JS |
1058 | }; |
1059 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1060 | /** |
1061 | @class wxTextBoxAttr | |
1062 | A class representing the box attributes of a rich text object. | |
1063 | ||
1064 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1065 | @category{richtext} | |
1066 | ||
1067 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1068 | */ | |
24777478 | 1069 | |
6ffb5e91 | 1070 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextBoxAttr |
24777478 JS |
1071 | { |
1072 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
1073 | /** |
1074 | Default constructor. | |
1075 | */ | |
24777478 | 1076 | wxTextBoxAttr() { Init(); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1077 | |
1078 | /** | |
1079 | Copy constructor. | |
1080 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1081 | wxTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; } |
1082 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1083 | /** |
1084 | Initialises this object. | |
1085 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1086 | void Init() { Reset(); } |
1087 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1088 | /** |
1089 | Resets this object. | |
1090 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1091 | void Reset(); |
1092 | ||
bec80f4f | 1093 | // Copy. Unnecessary since we let it do a binary copy |
24777478 JS |
1094 | //void Copy(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); |
1095 | ||
1096 | // Assignment | |
1097 | //void operator= (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); | |
1098 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1099 | /** |
1100 | Equality test. | |
1101 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1102 | bool operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const; |
1103 | ||
23bdfeee | 1104 | /** |
32423dd8 JS |
1105 | Partial equality test, ignoring unset attributes. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
1106 | have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is | |
1107 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not | |
1108 | in this object. | |
23bdfeee JS |
1109 | |
1110 | */ | |
32423dd8 | 1111 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const; |
24777478 | 1112 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1113 | /** |
1114 | Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith is non-NULL, then it will be used | |
1115 | to mask out those attributes that are the same in style and @a compareWith, for | |
1116 | situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes. | |
1117 | */ | |
24777478 | 1118 | bool Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& style, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith = NULL); |
603f702b | 1119 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1120 | /** |
1121 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1122 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1123 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1124 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr); |
1125 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1126 | /** |
1127 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1128 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1129 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); |
1130 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1131 | /** |
1132 | Sets the flags. | |
1133 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1134 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
1135 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1136 | /** |
1137 | Returns the flags. | |
1138 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1139 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
1140 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1141 | /** |
1142 | Is this flag present? | |
1143 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1144 | bool HasFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; } |
1145 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1146 | /** |
1147 | Removes this flag. | |
1148 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1149 | void RemoveFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; } |
1150 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1151 | /** |
1152 | Adds this flag. | |
1153 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1154 | void AddFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags |= flag; } |
1155 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1156 | /** |
1157 | Returns @true if no attributes are set. | |
1158 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1159 | bool IsDefault() const; |
1160 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1161 | /** |
1162 | Returns the float mode. | |
1163 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1164 | wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle GetFloatMode() const { return m_floatMode; } |
1165 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1166 | /** |
1167 | Sets the float mode. | |
1168 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1169 | void SetFloatMode(wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle mode) { m_floatMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT; } |
1170 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1171 | /** |
1172 | Returns @true if float mode is active. | |
1173 | */ | |
24777478 | 1174 | bool HasFloatMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT); } |
603f702b | 1175 | |
23bdfeee | 1176 | /** |
b3169c12 | 1177 | Returns @true if this object is floating. |
23bdfeee | 1178 | */ |
24777478 JS |
1179 | bool IsFloating() const { return HasFloatMode() && GetFloatMode() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE; } |
1180 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1181 | /** |
1182 | Returns the clear mode - whether to wrap text after object. Currently unimplemented. | |
1183 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1184 | wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle GetClearMode() const { return m_clearMode; } |
1185 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1186 | /** |
1187 | Set the clear mode. Currently unimplemented. | |
1188 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1189 | void SetClearMode(wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle mode) { m_clearMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR; } |
1190 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1191 | /** |
1192 | Returns @true if we have a clear flag. | |
1193 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1194 | bool HasClearMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR); } |
1195 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1196 | /** |
1197 | Returns the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented. | |
1198 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1199 | wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode GetCollapseBorders() const { return m_collapseMode; } |
1200 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1201 | /** |
1202 | Sets the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented. | |
1203 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1204 | void SetCollapseBorders(wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode collapse) { m_collapseMode = collapse; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS; } |
1205 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1206 | /** |
1207 | Returns @true if the collapse borders flag is present. | |
1208 | */ | |
24777478 | 1209 | bool HasCollapseBorders() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS); } |
603f702b | 1210 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1211 | /** |
1212 | Returns the vertical alignment. | |
1213 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1214 | wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment GetVerticalAlignment() const { return m_verticalAlignment; } |
1215 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1216 | /** |
1217 | Sets the vertical alignment. | |
1218 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1219 | void SetVerticalAlignment(wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment verticalAlignment) { m_verticalAlignment = verticalAlignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT; } |
1220 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1221 | /** |
1222 | Returns @true if a vertical alignment flag is present. | |
1223 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1224 | bool HasVerticalAlignment() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT); } |
1225 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1226 | /** |
1227 | Returns the margin values. | |
1228 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1229 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() { return m_margins; } |
1230 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() const { return m_margins; } | |
1231 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1232 | /** |
1233 | Returns the left margin. | |
1234 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1235 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() { return m_margins.m_left; } |
1236 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() const { return m_margins.m_left; } | |
1237 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1238 | /** |
1239 | Returns the right margin. | |
1240 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1241 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() { return m_margins.m_right; } |
1242 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() const { return m_margins.m_right; } | |
1243 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1244 | /** |
1245 | Returns the top margin. | |
1246 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1247 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() { return m_margins.m_top; } |
1248 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() const { return m_margins.m_top; } | |
603f702b | 1249 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1250 | /** |
1251 | Returns the bottom margin. | |
1252 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1253 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() { return m_margins.m_bottom; } |
1254 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() const { return m_margins.m_bottom; } | |
1255 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1256 | /** |
1257 | Returns the position. | |
1258 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1259 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() { return m_position; } |
1260 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() const { return m_position; } | |
1261 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1262 | /** |
1263 | Returns the left position. | |
1264 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1265 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_position.m_left; } |
1266 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_position.m_left; } | |
1267 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1268 | /** |
1269 | Returns the right position. | |
1270 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1271 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_position.m_right; } |
1272 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_position.m_right; } | |
1273 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1274 | /** |
1275 | Returns the top position. | |
1276 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1277 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_position.m_top; } |
1278 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_position.m_top; } | |
603f702b | 1279 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1280 | /** |
1281 | Returns the bottom position. | |
1282 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1283 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_position.m_bottom; } |
1284 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_position.m_bottom; } | |
1285 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1286 | /** |
1287 | Returns the padding values. | |
1288 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1289 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() { return m_padding; } |
1290 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() const { return m_padding; } | |
1291 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1292 | /** |
1293 | Returns the left padding value. | |
1294 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1295 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() { return m_padding.m_left; } |
1296 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() const { return m_padding.m_left; } | |
603f702b | 1297 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1298 | /** |
1299 | Returns the right padding value. | |
1300 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1301 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() { return m_padding.m_right; } |
1302 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() const { return m_padding.m_right; } | |
603f702b | 1303 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1304 | /** |
1305 | Returns the top padding value. | |
1306 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1307 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() { return m_padding.m_top; } |
1308 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() const { return m_padding.m_top; } | |
1309 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1310 | /** |
1311 | Returns the bottom padding value. | |
1312 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1313 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() { return m_padding.m_bottom; } |
1314 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() const { return m_padding.m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 1315 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1316 | /** |
1317 | Returns the borders. | |
1318 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1319 | wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() { return m_border; } |
1320 | const wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() const { return m_border; } | |
24777478 | 1321 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1322 | /** |
1323 | Returns the left border. | |
1324 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1325 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() { return m_border.m_left; } |
1326 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() const { return m_border.m_left; } | |
24777478 | 1327 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1328 | /** |
1329 | Returns the top border. | |
1330 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1331 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() { return m_border.m_top; } |
1332 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() const { return m_border.m_top; } | |
24777478 | 1333 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1334 | /** |
1335 | Returns the right border. | |
1336 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1337 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() { return m_border.m_right; } |
1338 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() const { return m_border.m_right; } | |
24777478 | 1339 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1340 | /** |
1341 | Returns the bottom border. | |
1342 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1343 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() { return m_border.m_bottom; } |
1344 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() const { return m_border.m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 1345 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1346 | /** |
1347 | Returns the outline. | |
1348 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1349 | wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() { return m_outline; } |
1350 | const wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() const { return m_outline; } | |
24777478 | 1351 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1352 | /** |
1353 | Returns the left outline. | |
1354 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1355 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() { return m_outline.m_left; } |
1356 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() const { return m_outline.m_left; } | |
24777478 | 1357 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1358 | /** |
1359 | Returns the top outline. | |
1360 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1361 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() { return m_outline.m_top; } |
1362 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() const { return m_outline.m_top; } | |
24777478 | 1363 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1364 | /** |
1365 | Returns the right outline. | |
1366 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1367 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() { return m_outline.m_right; } |
1368 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() const { return m_outline.m_right; } | |
24777478 | 1369 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1370 | /** |
1371 | Returns the bottom outline. | |
1372 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1373 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() { return m_outline.m_bottom; } |
1374 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() const { return m_outline.m_bottom; } | |
24777478 | 1375 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1376 | /** |
1377 | Returns the object size. | |
1378 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1379 | wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() { return m_size; } |
1380 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; } | |
24777478 | 1381 | |
303f0be7 JS |
1382 | /** |
1383 | Returns the object minimum size. | |
1384 | */ | |
1385 | ||
1386 | wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() { return m_minSize; } | |
1387 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; } | |
1388 | ||
1389 | /** | |
1390 | Returns the object maximum size. | |
1391 | */ | |
1392 | ||
1393 | wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() { return m_maxSize; } | |
1394 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; } | |
1395 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1396 | /** |
1397 | Sets the object size. | |
1398 | */ | |
603f702b | 1399 | void SetSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } |
24777478 | 1400 | |
303f0be7 JS |
1401 | /** |
1402 | Sets the object minimum size. | |
1403 | */ | |
1404 | void SetMinSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; } | |
1405 | ||
1406 | /** | |
1407 | Sets the object maximum size. | |
1408 | */ | |
1409 | void SetMaxSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; } | |
1410 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1411 | /** |
1412 | Returns the object width. | |
1413 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1414 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_size.m_width; } |
1415 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_size.m_width; } | |
1416 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1417 | /** |
1418 | Returns the object height. | |
1419 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1420 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_size.m_height; } |
1421 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_size.m_height; } | |
24777478 | 1422 | |
2f987d83 JS |
1423 | /** |
1424 | Returns the box style name. | |
1425 | */ | |
1426 | const wxString& GetBoxStyleName() const { return m_boxStyleName; } | |
1427 | ||
1428 | /** | |
1429 | Sets the box style name. | |
1430 | */ | |
1431 | void SetBoxStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_boxStyleName = name; AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); } | |
1432 | ||
1433 | /** | |
1434 | Returns @true if the box style name is present. | |
1435 | */ | |
1436 | bool HasBoxStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); } | |
1437 | ||
24777478 JS |
1438 | public: |
1439 | ||
603f702b | 1440 | int m_flags; |
24777478 | 1441 | |
603f702b JS |
1442 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_margins; |
1443 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_padding; | |
1444 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_position; | |
24777478 | 1445 | |
603f702b | 1446 | wxTextAttrSize m_size; |
303f0be7 JS |
1447 | wxTextAttrSize m_minSize; |
1448 | wxTextAttrSize m_maxSize; | |
24777478 | 1449 | |
603f702b JS |
1450 | wxTextAttrBorders m_border; |
1451 | wxTextAttrBorders m_outline; | |
1452 | ||
1453 | wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle m_floatMode; | |
1454 | wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle m_clearMode; | |
1455 | wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode m_collapseMode; | |
1456 | wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment m_verticalAlignment; | |
2f987d83 | 1457 | wxString m_boxStyleName; |
24777478 JS |
1458 | }; |
1459 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1460 | /** |
1461 | @class wxRichTextAttr | |
1462 | A class representing enhanced attributes for rich text objects. | |
1463 | This adds a wxTextBoxAttr member to the basic wxTextAttr class. | |
1464 | ||
1465 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1466 | @category{richtext} | |
1467 | ||
1468 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxTextBoxAttr, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1469 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1470 | |
1471 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAttr: public wxTextAttr | |
1472 | { | |
1473 | public: | |
23bdfeee JS |
1474 | /** |
1475 | Constructor taking a wxTextAttr. | |
1476 | */ | |
24777478 | 1477 | wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1478 | |
1479 | /** | |
1480 | Copy constructor. | |
1481 | */ | |
603f702b | 1482 | wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr): wxTextAttr() { Copy(attr); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1483 | |
1484 | /** | |
1485 | Default constructor. | |
1486 | */ | |
24777478 | 1487 | wxRichTextAttr() {} |
603f702b | 1488 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1489 | /** |
1490 | Copy function. | |
1491 | */ | |
24777478 | 1492 | void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr); |
603f702b | 1493 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1494 | /** |
1495 | Assignment operator. | |
1496 | */ | |
24777478 | 1497 | void operator=(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { Copy(attr); } |
23bdfeee JS |
1498 | |
1499 | /** | |
1500 | Assignment operator. | |
1501 | */ | |
24777478 | 1502 | void operator=(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); } |
603f702b | 1503 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1504 | /** |
1505 | Equality test. | |
1506 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1507 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const; |
1508 | ||
23bdfeee | 1509 | /** |
32423dd8 JS |
1510 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
1511 | have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is | |
1512 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not | |
1513 | in this object. | |
23bdfeee | 1514 | */ |
32423dd8 | 1515 | bool EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const; |
24777478 | 1516 | |
23bdfeee JS |
1517 | /** |
1518 | Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith | |
1519 | is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style | |
1520 | and @a compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes. | |
1521 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1522 | bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL); |
1523 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1524 | /** |
1525 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1526 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1527 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1528 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr); |
1529 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1530 | /** |
1531 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1532 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1533 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr); |
1534 | ||
23bdfeee JS |
1535 | /** |
1536 | Returns the text box attributes. | |
1537 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
1538 | wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() { return m_textBoxAttr; } |
1539 | const wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() const { return m_textBoxAttr; } | |
23bdfeee JS |
1540 | |
1541 | /** | |
1542 | Set the text box attributes. | |
1543 | */ | |
24777478 | 1544 | void SetTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { m_textBoxAttr = attr; } |
603f702b | 1545 | |
24777478 | 1546 | wxTextBoxAttr m_textBoxAttr; |
cdaed652 VZ |
1547 | }; |
1548 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
1549 | WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVariant, wxRichTextVariantArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT); |
1550 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1551 | /** |
1552 | @class wxRichTextProperties | |
1553 | A simple property class using wxVariants. This is used to give each rich text object the | |
1554 | ability to store custom properties that can be used by the application. | |
1555 | ||
1556 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1557 | @category{richtext} | |
1558 | ||
1559 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1560 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1561 | |
1562 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextProperties: public wxObject | |
1563 | { | |
1564 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties) | |
1565 | public: | |
343ef639 JS |
1566 | |
1567 | /** | |
1568 | Default constructor. | |
1569 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1570 | wxRichTextProperties() {} |
343ef639 JS |
1571 | |
1572 | /** | |
1573 | Copy constructor. | |
1574 | */ | |
603f702b | 1575 | wxRichTextProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props): wxObject() { Copy(props); } |
bec80f4f | 1576 | |
343ef639 JS |
1577 | /** |
1578 | Assignment operator. | |
1579 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1580 | void operator=(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { Copy(props); } |
343ef639 JS |
1581 | |
1582 | /** | |
1583 | Equality operator. | |
1584 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1585 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1586 | |
1587 | /** | |
1588 | Copies from @a props. | |
1589 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1590 | void Copy(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props.m_properties; } |
343ef639 JS |
1591 | |
1592 | /** | |
1593 | Returns the variant at the given index. | |
1594 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1595 | const wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) const { return m_properties[idx]; } |
343ef639 JS |
1596 | |
1597 | /** | |
1598 | Returns the variant at the given index. | |
1599 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1600 | wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) { return m_properties[idx]; } |
343ef639 JS |
1601 | |
1602 | /** | |
1603 | Clears the properties. | |
1604 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1605 | void Clear() { m_properties.Clear(); } |
1606 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1607 | /** |
1608 | Returns the array of variants implementing the properties. | |
1609 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1610 | const wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; } |
343ef639 JS |
1611 | |
1612 | /** | |
1613 | Returns the array of variants implementing the properties. | |
1614 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1615 | wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() { return m_properties; } |
343ef639 JS |
1616 | |
1617 | /** | |
1618 | Sets the array of variants. | |
1619 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1620 | void SetProperties(const wxRichTextVariantArray& props) { m_properties = props; } |
1621 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1622 | /** |
1623 | Returns all the property names. | |
1624 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1625 | wxArrayString GetPropertyNames() const; |
1626 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1627 | /** |
1628 | Returns a count of the properties. | |
1629 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1630 | size_t GetCount() const { return m_properties.GetCount(); } |
1631 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1632 | /** |
1633 | Returns @true if the given property is found. | |
1634 | */ | |
1635 | bool HasProperty(const wxString& name) const { return Find(name) != -1; } | |
bec80f4f | 1636 | |
343ef639 JS |
1637 | /** |
1638 | Finds the given property. | |
1639 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1640 | int Find(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 | 1641 | |
590a0f8b JS |
1642 | /** |
1643 | Removes the given property. | |
1644 | */ | |
1645 | bool Remove(const wxString& name); | |
1646 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1647 | /** |
1648 | Gets the property variant by name. | |
1649 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1650 | const wxVariant& GetProperty(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1651 | |
1652 | /** | |
1653 | Finds or creates a property with the given name, returning a pointer to the variant. | |
1654 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1655 | wxVariant* FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name); |
1656 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1657 | /** |
1658 | Gets the value of the named property as a string. | |
1659 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1660 | wxString GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1661 | |
1662 | /** | |
1663 | Gets the value of the named property as a long integer. | |
1664 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1665 | long GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1666 | |
1667 | /** | |
1668 | Gets the value of the named property as a boolean. | |
1669 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1670 | bool GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1671 | |
1672 | /** | |
1673 | Gets the value of the named property as a double. | |
1674 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1675 | double GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const; |
1676 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1677 | /** |
1678 | Sets the property by passing a variant which contains a name and value. | |
1679 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1680 | void SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant); |
343ef639 JS |
1681 | |
1682 | /** | |
1683 | Sets a property by name and variant. | |
1684 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1685 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant); |
343ef639 JS |
1686 | |
1687 | /** | |
1688 | Sets a property by name and string value. | |
1689 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1690 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value); |
343ef639 JS |
1691 | |
1692 | /** | |
1693 | Sets property by name and long integer value. | |
1694 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1695 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value); |
343ef639 JS |
1696 | |
1697 | /** | |
1698 | Sets property by name and double value. | |
1699 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 1700 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value); |
343ef639 JS |
1701 | |
1702 | /** | |
1703 | Sets property by name and boolean value. | |
1704 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
1705 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value); |
1706 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
1707 | /** |
1708 | Removes the given properties from these properties. | |
1709 | */ | |
1710 | void RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties); | |
1711 | ||
1712 | /** | |
1713 | Merges the given properties with these properties. | |
1714 | */ | |
1715 | void MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties); | |
1716 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
1717 | protected: |
1718 | wxRichTextVariantArray m_properties; | |
1719 | }; | |
1720 | ||
1721 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1722 | /** |
1723 | @class wxRichTextFontTable | |
1724 | Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text. | |
1725 | ||
1726 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1727 | @category{richtext} | |
1728 | ||
1729 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1730 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1731 | |
44cc96a8 JS |
1732 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontTable: public wxObject |
1733 | { | |
1734 | public: | |
343ef639 JS |
1735 | /** |
1736 | Default constructor. | |
1737 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1738 | wxRichTextFontTable(); |
42688aea | 1739 | |
343ef639 JS |
1740 | /** |
1741 | Copy constructor. | |
1742 | */ | |
44cc96a8 JS |
1743 | wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table); |
1744 | virtual ~wxRichTextFontTable(); | |
5d7836c4 | 1745 | |
343ef639 JS |
1746 | /** |
1747 | Returns @true if the font table is valid. | |
1748 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1749 | bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; } |
5d7836c4 | 1750 | |
343ef639 JS |
1751 | /** |
1752 | Finds a font for the given attribute object. | |
1753 | */ | |
24777478 | 1754 | wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec); |
343ef639 JS |
1755 | |
1756 | /** | |
1757 | Clears the font table. | |
1758 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1759 | void Clear(); |
d2d0adc7 | 1760 | |
343ef639 JS |
1761 | /** |
1762 | Assignment operator. | |
1763 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1764 | void operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table); |
343ef639 JS |
1765 | |
1766 | /** | |
1767 | Equality operator. | |
1768 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1769 | bool operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const; |
343ef639 JS |
1770 | |
1771 | /** | |
1772 | Inequality operator. | |
1773 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 1774 | bool operator != (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const { return !(*this == table); } |
d2d0adc7 | 1775 | |
32423dd8 JS |
1776 | /** |
1777 | Set the font scale factor. | |
1778 | */ | |
1779 | void SetFontScale(double fontScale); | |
1780 | ||
44cc96a8 | 1781 | protected: |
d2d0adc7 | 1782 | |
32423dd8 JS |
1783 | double m_fontScale; |
1784 | ||
44cc96a8 JS |
1785 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable) |
1786 | }; | |
d2d0adc7 | 1787 | |
343ef639 JS |
1788 | /** |
1789 | @class wxRichTextRange | |
1790 | ||
1791 | This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data. | |
1792 | ||
1793 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1794 | @category{richtext} | |
1795 | ||
1796 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1797 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1798 | |
3b2cb431 | 1799 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRange |
5d7836c4 JS |
1800 | { |
1801 | public: | |
1802 | // Constructors | |
1803 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1804 | /** |
1805 | Default constructor. | |
1806 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1807 | wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; } |
343ef639 JS |
1808 | |
1809 | /** | |
1810 | Constructor taking start and end positions. | |
1811 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1812 | wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; } |
343ef639 JS |
1813 | |
1814 | /** | |
1815 | Copy constructor. | |
1816 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1817 | wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; } |
1818 | ~wxRichTextRange() {} | |
1819 | ||
343ef639 | 1820 | /** |
706465df | 1821 | Assigns @a range to this range. |
343ef639 | 1822 | */ |
5d7836c4 | 1823 | void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; } |
343ef639 JS |
1824 | |
1825 | /** | |
706465df | 1826 | Equality operator. Returns @true if @a range is the same as this range. |
343ef639 | 1827 | */ |
38113684 | 1828 | bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); } |
343ef639 JS |
1829 | |
1830 | /** | |
1831 | Inequality operator. | |
1832 | */ | |
e0983733 | 1833 | bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); } |
343ef639 JS |
1834 | |
1835 | /** | |
1836 | Subtracts a range from this range. | |
1837 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1838 | wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); } |
343ef639 JS |
1839 | |
1840 | /** | |
1841 | Adds a range to this range. | |
1842 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1843 | wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); } |
1844 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1845 | /** |
1846 | Sets the range start and end positions. | |
1847 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1848 | void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; } |
1849 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1850 | /** |
1851 | Sets the start position. | |
1852 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1853 | void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; } |
343ef639 JS |
1854 | |
1855 | /** | |
1856 | Returns the start position. | |
1857 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1858 | long GetStart() const { return m_start; } |
1859 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1860 | /** |
1861 | Sets the end position. | |
1862 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 1863 | void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; } |
343ef639 JS |
1864 | |
1865 | /** | |
1866 | Gets the end position. | |
1867 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1868 | long GetEnd() const { return m_end; } |
1869 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1870 | /** |
1871 | Returns true if this range is completely outside @a range. | |
1872 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1873 | bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; } |
1874 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1875 | /** |
1876 | Returns true if this range is completely within @a range. | |
1877 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1878 | bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; } |
1879 | ||
343ef639 | 1880 | /** |
706465df | 1881 | Returns true if @a pos was within the range. Does not match if the range is empty. |
343ef639 | 1882 | */ |
5d7836c4 JS |
1883 | bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; } |
1884 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1885 | /** |
1886 | Limit this range to be within @a range. | |
1887 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1888 | bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ; |
1889 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1890 | /** |
1891 | Gets the length of the range. | |
1892 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1893 | long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; } |
1894 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1895 | /** |
1896 | Swaps the start and end. | |
1897 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
1898 | void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; } |
1899 | ||
343ef639 | 1900 | /** |
706465df JS |
1901 | Converts the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last character in |
1902 | the range, to the internal form, which uses the first and last character | |
1903 | positions of the range. In other words, one is subtracted from the end position. | |
1904 | (n, n) is the range of a single character. | |
343ef639 | 1905 | */ |
96c9f0f6 JS |
1906 | wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); } |
1907 | ||
343ef639 | 1908 | /** |
706465df JS |
1909 | Converts the internal range, which uses the first and last character positions |
1910 | of the range, to the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last | |
1911 | character in the range. In other words, one is added to the end position. | |
1912 | (n, n+1) is the range of a single character. | |
343ef639 | 1913 | */ |
96c9f0f6 JS |
1914 | wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); } |
1915 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
1916 | protected: |
1917 | long m_start; | |
1918 | long m_end; | |
1919 | }; | |
1920 | ||
603f702b JS |
1921 | WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRange, wxRichTextRangeArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT); |
1922 | ||
1e967276 JS |
1923 | #define wxRICHTEXT_ALL wxRichTextRange(-2, -2) |
1924 | #define wxRICHTEXT_NONE wxRichTextRange(-1, -1) | |
1925 | ||
603f702b JS |
1926 | #define wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION wxRichTextRange(-2, -2) |
1927 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1928 | /** |
1929 | @class wxRichTextSelection | |
1930 | ||
1931 | Stores selection information. The selection does not have to be contiguous, though currently non-contiguous | |
1932 | selections are only supported for a range of table cells (a geometric block of cells can consist | |
1933 | of a set of non-contiguous positions). | |
1934 | ||
1935 | The selection consists of an array of ranges, and the container that is the context for the selection. It | |
1936 | follows that a single selection object can only represent ranges with the same parent container. | |
1937 | ||
1938 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1939 | @category{richtext} | |
1940 | ||
1941 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1942 | */ | |
1943 | ||
603f702b JS |
1944 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextSelection |
1945 | { | |
1946 | public: | |
343ef639 JS |
1947 | /** |
1948 | Copy constructor. | |
1949 | */ | |
603f702b | 1950 | wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); } |
343ef639 JS |
1951 | |
1952 | /** | |
1953 | Creates a selection from a range and a container. | |
1954 | */ | |
603f702b | 1955 | wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; } |
343ef639 JS |
1956 | |
1957 | /** | |
1958 | Default constructor. | |
1959 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1960 | wxRichTextSelection() { Reset(); } |
1961 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1962 | /** |
1963 | Resets the selection. | |
1964 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1965 | void Reset() { m_ranges.Clear(); m_container = NULL; } |
1966 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1967 | /** |
1968 | Sets the selection. | |
1969 | */ | |
1970 | ||
603f702b JS |
1971 | void Set(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) |
1972 | { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; } | |
1973 | ||
343ef639 | 1974 | /** |
706465df | 1975 | Adds a range to the selection. |
343ef639 | 1976 | */ |
603f702b JS |
1977 | void Add(const wxRichTextRange& range) |
1978 | { m_ranges.Add(range); } | |
1979 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1980 | /** |
1981 | Sets the selections from an array of ranges and a container object. | |
1982 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1983 | void Set(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) |
1984 | { m_ranges = ranges; m_container = container; } | |
1985 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1986 | /** |
1987 | Copies from @a sel. | |
1988 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1989 | void Copy(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) |
1990 | { m_ranges = sel.m_ranges; m_container = sel.m_container; } | |
1991 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1992 | /** |
1993 | Assignment operator. | |
1994 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
1995 | void operator=(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); } |
1996 | ||
343ef639 JS |
1997 | /** |
1998 | Equality operator. | |
1999 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2000 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const; |
2001 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2002 | /** |
2003 | Index operator. | |
2004 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2005 | wxRichTextRange operator[](size_t i) const { return GetRange(i); } |
2006 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2007 | /** |
2008 | Returns the selection ranges. | |
2009 | */ | |
603f702b | 2010 | wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() { return m_ranges; } |
343ef639 JS |
2011 | |
2012 | /** | |
2013 | Returns the selection ranges. | |
2014 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2015 | const wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() const { return m_ranges; } |
2016 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2017 | /** |
2018 | Sets the selection ranges. | |
2019 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2020 | void SetRanges(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges) { m_ranges = ranges; } |
2021 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2022 | /** |
2023 | Returns the number of ranges in the selection. | |
2024 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2025 | size_t GetCount() const { return m_ranges.GetCount(); } |
2026 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2027 | /** |
2028 | Returns the range at the given index. | |
2029 | ||
2030 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2031 | wxRichTextRange GetRange(size_t i) const { return m_ranges[i]; } |
2032 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2033 | /** |
2034 | Returns the first range if there is one, otherwise wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION. | |
2035 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2036 | wxRichTextRange GetRange() const { return (m_ranges.GetCount() > 0) ? (m_ranges[0]) : wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION; } |
2037 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2038 | /** |
2039 | Sets a single range. | |
2040 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2041 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); } |
2042 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2043 | /** |
2044 | Returns the container for which the selection is valid. | |
2045 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2046 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; } |
2047 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2048 | /** |
2049 | Sets the container for which the selection is valid. | |
2050 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2051 | void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; } |
2052 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2053 | /** |
2054 | Returns @true if the selection is valid. | |
2055 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2056 | bool IsValid() const { return m_ranges.GetCount() > 0 && GetContainer(); } |
2057 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2058 | /** |
2059 | Returns the selection appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns an empty array if none | |
2060 | at the level of the object's container. | |
2061 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2062 | wxRichTextRangeArray GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; |
2063 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2064 | /** |
2065 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection. | |
2066 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2067 | bool WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const; |
2068 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2069 | /** |
2070 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection. | |
2071 | ||
2072 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2073 | bool WithinSelection(long pos) const { return WithinSelection(pos, m_ranges); } |
2074 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2075 | /** |
2076 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection range. | |
2077 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2078 | static bool WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges); |
2079 | ||
343ef639 JS |
2080 | /** |
2081 | Returns @true if the given range is within the selection range. | |
2082 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2083 | static bool WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges); |
2084 | ||
2085 | wxRichTextRangeArray m_ranges; | |
2086 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_container; | |
2087 | }; | |
2088 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
2089 | /** |
2090 | @class wxRichTextDrawingContext | |
2091 | ||
2092 | A class for passing information to drawing and measuring functions. | |
2093 | ||
2094 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2095 | @category{richtext} | |
2096 | ||
2097 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2098 | */ | |
2099 | ||
2100 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingContext: public wxObject | |
2101 | { | |
2102 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingContext) | |
2103 | public: | |
2104 | ||
2105 | /** | |
2106 | Pass the buffer to the context so the context can retrieve information | |
2107 | such as virtual attributes. | |
2108 | */ | |
2109 | wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) { Init(); m_buffer = buffer; } | |
2110 | ||
2111 | void Init() { m_buffer = NULL; } | |
2112 | ||
2113 | /** | |
2114 | Does this object have virtual attributes? | |
2115 | Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without | |
2116 | affecting the actual styling. | |
2117 | */ | |
2118 | bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2119 | ||
2120 | /** | |
2121 | Returns the virtual attributes for this object. | |
2122 | Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without | |
2123 | affecting the actual styling. | |
2124 | */ | |
2125 | wxRichTextAttr GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2126 | ||
2127 | /** | |
2128 | Applies any virtual attributes relevant to this object. | |
2129 | */ | |
2130 | bool ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2131 | ||
2132 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer; | |
2133 | }; | |
2134 | ||
706465df JS |
2135 | /** |
2136 | @class wxRichTextObject | |
2137 | ||
2138 | This is the base for drawable rich text objects. | |
2139 | ||
2140 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2141 | @category{richtext} | |
2142 | ||
2143 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2144 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2145 | |
3b2cb431 | 2146 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
2147 | { |
2148 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextObject) | |
2149 | public: | |
706465df JS |
2150 | /** |
2151 | Constructor, taking an optional parent pointer. | |
2152 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2153 | wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); |
706465df | 2154 | |
d3c7fc99 | 2155 | virtual ~wxRichTextObject(); |
5d7836c4 | 2156 | |
d13b34d3 | 2157 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 2158 | |
706465df JS |
2159 | /** |
2160 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
2161 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
2162 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2163 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0; |
5d7836c4 | 2164 | |
706465df JS |
2165 | /** |
2166 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2167 | Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object, |
2168 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size | |
2169 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
706465df | 2170 | */ |
8db2e3ef | 2171 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0; |
5d7836c4 | 2172 | |
706465df JS |
2173 | /** |
2174 | Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus | |
7afd2b58 | 2175 | information about position. @a contextObj is returned to specify what object |
706465df | 2176 | position is relevant to, since otherwise there's an ambiguity. |
7afd2b58 | 2177 | @ obj might not be a child of @a contextObj, since we may be referring to the container itself |
706465df | 2178 | if we have no hit on a child - for example if we click outside an object. |
7afd2b58 JS |
2179 | |
2180 | The function puts the position in @a textPosition if one is found. | |
2181 | @a pt is in logical units (a zero y position is at the beginning of the buffer). | |
2182 | ||
71185527 JS |
2183 | Pass wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS if you only want to consider objects |
2184 | directly under the object you are calling HitTest on. Otherwise, it will recurse | |
2185 | and potentially find a nested object. | |
2186 | ||
7afd2b58 | 2187 | @return One of the ::wxRichTextHitTestFlags values. |
706465df | 2188 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 2189 | |
8db2e3ef | 2190 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 2191 | |
706465df JS |
2192 | /** |
2193 | Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position. | |
2194 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2195 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context), long WXUNUSED(index), wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(height), bool WXUNUSED(forceLineStart)) { return false; } |
5d7836c4 | 2196 | |
706465df JS |
2197 | /** |
2198 | Returns the best size, i.e. the ideal starting size for this object irrespective | |
2199 | of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses | |
2200 | the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example. | |
2201 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2202 | virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const { return m_size; } |
2203 | ||
603f702b | 2204 | /** |
706465df | 2205 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range |
603f702b JS |
2206 | is invalid for this object. |
2207 | */ | |
2208 | ||
8db2e3ef | 2209 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0; |
5d7836c4 | 2210 | |
706465df JS |
2211 | /** |
2212 | Do a split from @a pos, returning an object containing the second part, and setting | |
2213 | the first part in 'this'. | |
2214 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2215 | virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long WXUNUSED(pos)) { return NULL; } |
2216 | ||
706465df JS |
2217 | /** |
2218 | Calculates the range of the object. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long. | |
2219 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2220 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) { end = start ; m_range.SetRange(start, end); } |
2221 | ||
706465df JS |
2222 | /** |
2223 | Deletes the given range. | |
2224 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2225 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) { return false; } |
2226 | ||
706465df JS |
2227 | /** |
2228 | Returns @true if the object is empty. | |
2229 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2230 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; } |
2231 | ||
706465df JS |
2232 | /** |
2233 | Returns @true if this class of object is floatable. | |
2234 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
2235 | virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return false; } |
2236 | ||
706465df JS |
2237 | /** |
2238 | Returns @true if this object is currently floating. | |
2239 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2240 | virtual bool IsFloating() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().IsFloating(); } |
cdaed652 | 2241 | |
706465df JS |
2242 | /** |
2243 | Returns the floating direction. | |
2244 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2245 | virtual int GetFloatDirection() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(); } |
cdaed652 | 2246 | |
706465df JS |
2247 | /** |
2248 | Returns any text in this object for the given range. | |
2249 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2250 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) const { return wxEmptyString; } |
2251 | ||
706465df JS |
2252 | /** |
2253 | Returns @true if this object can merge itself with the given one. | |
2254 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2255 | virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object)) const { return false; } |
2256 | ||
706465df JS |
2257 | /** |
2258 | Returns @true if this object merged itself with the given one. | |
2259 | The calling code will then delete the given object. | |
2260 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2261 | virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object)) { return false; } |
2262 | ||
706465df JS |
2263 | /** |
2264 | Dump object data to the given output stream for debugging. | |
2265 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2266 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); |
ce00f59b | 2267 | |
706465df JS |
2268 | /** |
2269 | Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI. | |
2270 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
2271 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return false; } |
2272 | ||
706465df JS |
2273 | /** |
2274 | Edits the object's properties via a GUI. | |
2275 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 2276 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; } |
5d7836c4 | 2277 | |
706465df JS |
2278 | /** |
2279 | Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item. | |
2280 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2281 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxEmptyString; } |
2282 | ||
706465df JS |
2283 | /** |
2284 | Returns @true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject | |
2285 | is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus, | |
2286 | but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead). | |
2287 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2288 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } |
2289 | ||
bec80f4f | 2290 | #if wxUSE_XML |
706465df JS |
2291 | /** |
2292 | Imports this object from XML. | |
2293 | */ | |
603f702b | 2294 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
2295 | #endif |
2296 | ||
2297 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
706465df JS |
2298 | /** |
2299 | Exports this object directly to the given stream, bypassing the creation of a wxXmlNode hierarchy. | |
2300 | This method is considerably faster than creating a tree first. However, both versions of ExportXML must be | |
2301 | implemented so that if the tree method is made efficient in the future, we can deprecate the | |
2302 | more verbose direct output method. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT is defined (on by default). | |
2303 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
2304 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2305 | #endif | |
2306 | ||
2307 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
706465df JS |
2308 | /** |
2309 | Exports this object to the given parent node, usually creating at least one child node. | |
2310 | This method is less efficient than the direct-to-stream method but is retained to allow for | |
2311 | switching to this method if we make it more efficient. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT is defined | |
2312 | (on by default). | |
2313 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
2314 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2315 | #endif | |
2316 | ||
706465df JS |
2317 | /** |
2318 | Returns @true if this object takes note of paragraph attributes (text and image objects don't). | |
2319 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2320 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return true; } |
603f702b | 2321 | |
706465df JS |
2322 | /** |
2323 | Returns the XML node name of this object. This must be overridden for wxXmlNode-base XML export to work. | |
2324 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
2325 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("unknown"); } |
2326 | ||
706465df JS |
2327 | /** |
2328 | Invalidates the object at the given range. With no argument, invalidates the whole object. | |
2329 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2330 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
2331 | ||
706465df JS |
2332 | /** |
2333 | Returns @true if this object can handle the selections of its children, fOr example a table. | |
2334 | Required for composite selection handling to work. | |
2335 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2336 | virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return false; } |
2337 | ||
706465df JS |
2338 | /** |
2339 | Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions. | |
2340 | For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table. | |
2341 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2342 | virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long WXUNUSED(start), long WXUNUSED(end)) const { return wxRichTextSelection(); } |
2343 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2344 | // Accessors |
2345 | ||
706465df JS |
2346 | /** |
2347 | Gets the cached object size as calculated by Layout. | |
2348 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2349 | virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const { return m_size; } |
706465df JS |
2350 | |
2351 | /** | |
2352 | Sets the cached object size as calculated by Layout. | |
2353 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2354 | virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } |
2355 | ||
706465df JS |
2356 | /** |
2357 | Gets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2358 | us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required. | |
2359 | */ | |
603f702b | 2360 | virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; } |
706465df JS |
2361 | |
2362 | /** | |
2363 | Sets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2364 | us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required. | |
2365 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2366 | virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; } |
2367 | ||
706465df JS |
2368 | /** |
2369 | Gets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2370 | us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary. | |
2371 | */ | |
603f702b | 2372 | virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; } |
706465df JS |
2373 | |
2374 | /** | |
2375 | Sets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2376 | us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary. | |
2377 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2378 | virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; } |
2379 | ||
706465df JS |
2380 | /** |
2381 | Gets the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the | |
2382 | image size. | |
2383 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2384 | virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const { return wxTextAttrSize(); } |
2385 | ||
706465df JS |
2386 | /** |
2387 | Returns the object position in pixels. | |
2388 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2389 | virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } |
706465df JS |
2390 | |
2391 | /** | |
2392 | Sets the object position in pixels. | |
2393 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2394 | virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } |
2395 | ||
706465df JS |
2396 | /** |
2397 | Returns the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy. | |
2398 | TODO: may not be needed, if all object positions are in fact relative to the | |
2399 | top of the coordinate space. | |
2400 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2401 | virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const; |
2402 | ||
706465df JS |
2403 | /** |
2404 | Returns the rectangle enclosing the object. | |
2405 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2406 | virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()); } |
2407 | ||
706465df JS |
2408 | /** |
2409 | Sets the object's range within its container. | |
2410 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2411 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } |
2412 | ||
706465df JS |
2413 | /** |
2414 | Returns the object's range. | |
2415 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2416 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } |
706465df JS |
2417 | |
2418 | /** | |
2419 | Returns the object's range. | |
2420 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2421 | wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; } |
2422 | ||
706465df JS |
2423 | /** |
2424 | Set the object's own range, for a top-level object with its own position space. | |
2425 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2426 | void SetOwnRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ownRange = range; } |
2427 | ||
706465df JS |
2428 | /** |
2429 | Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level). | |
2430 | */ | |
603f702b | 2431 | const wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() const { return m_ownRange; } |
706465df JS |
2432 | |
2433 | /** | |
2434 | Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level). | |
2435 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2436 | wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() { return m_ownRange; } |
2437 | ||
706465df JS |
2438 | /** |
2439 | Returns the object's own range only if a top-level object. | |
2440 | */ | |
603f702b | 2441 | wxRichTextRange GetOwnRangeIfTopLevel() const { return IsTopLevel() ? m_ownRange : m_range; } |
5d7836c4 | 2442 | |
706465df | 2443 | /** |
7c9fdebe | 2444 | Returns @true if this object is composite. |
706465df | 2445 | */ |
5d7836c4 JS |
2446 | virtual bool IsComposite() const { return false; } |
2447 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
2448 | /** |
2449 | Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects, | |
2450 | @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited. | |
2451 | */ | |
2452 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; } | |
2453 | ||
706465df JS |
2454 | /** |
2455 | Returns a pointer to the parent object. | |
2456 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2457 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const { return m_parent; } |
706465df JS |
2458 | |
2459 | /** | |
2460 | Sets the pointer to the parent object. | |
2461 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2462 | virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent) { m_parent = parent; } |
2463 | ||
706465df JS |
2464 | /** |
2465 | Returns the top-level container of this object. | |
2466 | May return itself if it's a container; use GetParentContainer to return | |
2467 | a different container. | |
2468 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2469 | virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const; |
2470 | ||
706465df JS |
2471 | /** |
2472 | Returns the top-level container of this object. | |
2473 | Returns a different container than itself, unless there's no parent, in which case it will return NULL. | |
2474 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2475 | virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetParentContainer() const { return GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetContainer() : GetContainer(); } |
2476 | ||
706465df JS |
2477 | /** |
2478 | Set the margin around the object, in pixels. | |
2479 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2480 | virtual void SetMargins(int margin); |
706465df JS |
2481 | |
2482 | /** | |
2483 | Set the margin around the object, in pixels. | |
2484 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2485 | virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin); |
706465df JS |
2486 | |
2487 | /** | |
2488 | Returns the left margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2489 | */ | |
603f702b | 2490 | virtual int GetLeftMargin() const; |
706465df JS |
2491 | |
2492 | /** | |
2493 | Returns the right margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2494 | */ | |
603f702b | 2495 | virtual int GetRightMargin() const; |
706465df JS |
2496 | |
2497 | /** | |
2498 | Returns the top margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2499 | */ | |
603f702b | 2500 | virtual int GetTopMargin() const; |
706465df JS |
2501 | |
2502 | /** | |
2503 | Returns the bottom margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2504 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2505 | virtual int GetBottomMargin() const; |
2506 | ||
706465df JS |
2507 | /** |
2508 | Calculates the available content space in the given rectangle, given the | |
2509 | margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes. | |
2510 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2511 | virtual wxRect GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& outerRect) const; |
603f702b | 2512 | |
706465df JS |
2513 | /** |
2514 | Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr, | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2515 | lays out the object again using the minimum size. @a availableParentSpace is the maximum space |
2516 | for the object, whereas @a availableContainerSpace is the container with which relative positions and | |
2517 | sizes should be computed. For example, a text box whose space has already been constrained | |
2518 | in a previous layout pass to @a availableParentSpace, but should have a width of 50% of @a availableContainerSpace. | |
2519 | (If these two rects were the same, a 2nd pass could see the object getting too small.) | |
706465df | 2520 | */ |
8db2e3ef | 2521 | virtual bool LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2522 | const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, |
2523 | const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace, int style); | |
5d7836c4 | 2524 | |
706465df JS |
2525 | /** |
2526 | Sets the object's attributes. | |
2527 | */ | |
24777478 | 2528 | void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { m_attributes = attr; } |
706465df JS |
2529 | |
2530 | /** | |
2531 | Returns the object's attributes. | |
2532 | */ | |
24777478 | 2533 | const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; } |
706465df JS |
2534 | |
2535 | /** | |
2536 | Returns the object's attributes. | |
2537 | */ | |
24777478 | 2538 | wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; } |
603f702b | 2539 | |
706465df | 2540 | /** |
7c9fdebe | 2541 | Returns the object's properties. |
706465df | 2542 | */ |
bec80f4f | 2543 | wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() { return m_properties; } |
706465df JS |
2544 | |
2545 | /** | |
2546 | Returns the object's properties. | |
2547 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2548 | const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; } |
706465df JS |
2549 | |
2550 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 2551 | Sets the object's properties. |
706465df | 2552 | */ |
bec80f4f | 2553 | void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props; } |
5d7836c4 | 2554 | |
706465df JS |
2555 | /** |
2556 | Sets the stored descent value. | |
2557 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2558 | void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; } |
706465df JS |
2559 | |
2560 | /** | |
2561 | Returns the stored descent value. | |
2562 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2563 | int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; } |
2564 | ||
706465df JS |
2565 | /** |
2566 | Returns the containing buffer. | |
2567 | */ | |
44219ff0 JS |
2568 | wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const; |
2569 | ||
706465df JS |
2570 | /** |
2571 | Sets the identifying name for this object as a property using the "name" key. | |
2572 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2573 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_properties.SetProperty(wxT("name"), name); } |
2574 | ||
706465df JS |
2575 | /** |
2576 | Returns the identifying name for this object from the properties, using the "name" key. | |
2577 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2578 | wxString GetName() const { return m_properties.GetPropertyString(wxT("name")); } |
2579 | ||
706465df JS |
2580 | /** |
2581 | Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box. | |
2582 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2583 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; } |
2584 | ||
706465df JS |
2585 | /** |
2586 | Returns @true if the object will be shown, @false otherwise. | |
2587 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2588 | bool IsShown() const { return m_show; } |
2589 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2590 | // Operations |
2591 | ||
706465df JS |
2592 | /** |
2593 | Call to show or hide this object. This function does not cause the content to be | |
2594 | laid out or redrawn. | |
2595 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2596 | virtual void Show(bool show) { m_show = show; } |
2597 | ||
706465df JS |
2598 | /** |
2599 | Clones the object. | |
2600 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2601 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return NULL; } |
2602 | ||
706465df JS |
2603 | /** |
2604 | Copies the object. | |
2605 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2606 | void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj); |
2607 | ||
706465df JS |
2608 | /** |
2609 | Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple | |
2610 | lists (not yet used). | |
2611 | */ | |
2612 | ||
5d7836c4 | 2613 | void Reference() { m_refCount ++; } |
706465df JS |
2614 | |
2615 | /** | |
2616 | Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple | |
2617 | lists (not yet used). | |
2618 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2619 | void Dereference(); |
2620 | ||
706465df JS |
2621 | /** |
2622 | Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new. | |
2623 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2624 | virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt); |
2625 | ||
706465df JS |
2626 | /** |
2627 | Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units. | |
2628 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 2629 | int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const; |
706465df JS |
2630 | |
2631 | /** | |
2632 | Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units. | |
2633 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2634 | static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale = 1.0); |
5d7836c4 | 2635 | |
706465df JS |
2636 | /** |
2637 | Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre. | |
2638 | */ | |
24777478 | 2639 | int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const; |
706465df JS |
2640 | |
2641 | /** | |
2642 | Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre. | |
2643 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2644 | static int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale = 1.0); |
603f702b | 2645 | |
706465df JS |
2646 | /** |
2647 | Draws the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes. | |
2648 | @a boxRect is taken to be the outer margin box, not the box around the content. | |
2649 | */ | |
603f702b | 2650 | static bool DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags = 0); |
bec80f4f | 2651 | |
706465df JS |
2652 | /** |
2653 | Draws a border. | |
2654 | */ | |
603f702b | 2655 | static bool DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0); |
bec80f4f | 2656 | |
706465df JS |
2657 | /** |
2658 | Returns the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify @a contentRect (inner) | |
2659 | or @a marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height). | |
2660 | Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space | |
2661 | is available. | |
2662 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2663 | static bool GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect, wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect); |
2664 | ||
706465df JS |
2665 | /** |
2666 | Returns the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size. | |
2667 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2668 | static bool GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin, |
2669 | int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin); | |
2670 | ||
706465df JS |
2671 | /** |
2672 | Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the | |
2673 | child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc. | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2674 | availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to. |
2675 | E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent. | |
706465df | 2676 | */ |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2677 | static wxRect AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr, |
2678 | const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace); | |
24777478 | 2679 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2680 | protected: |
2681 | wxSize m_size; | |
603f702b JS |
2682 | wxSize m_maxSize; |
2683 | wxSize m_minSize; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2684 | wxPoint m_pos; |
2685 | int m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any) | |
5d7836c4 | 2686 | int m_refCount; |
603f702b | 2687 | bool m_show; |
5d7836c4 JS |
2688 | wxRichTextObject* m_parent; |
2689 | ||
706465df | 2690 | // The range of this object (start position to end position) |
5d7836c4 JS |
2691 | wxRichTextRange m_range; |
2692 | ||
706465df | 2693 | // The internal range of this object, if it's a top-level object with its own range space |
603f702b | 2694 | wxRichTextRange m_ownRange; |
5d7836c4 | 2695 | |
706465df | 2696 | // Attributes |
24777478 | 2697 | wxRichTextAttr m_attributes; |
603f702b | 2698 | |
706465df | 2699 | // Properties |
bec80f4f | 2700 | wxRichTextProperties m_properties; |
5d7836c4 JS |
2701 | }; |
2702 | ||
3b2cb431 | 2703 | WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextObjectList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT ); |
5d7836c4 | 2704 | |
706465df JS |
2705 | /** |
2706 | @class wxRichTextCompositeObject | |
2707 | ||
2708 | Objects of this class can contain other objects. | |
2709 | ||
2710 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2711 | @category{richtext} | |
2712 | ||
2713 | @see wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2714 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2715 | |
3b2cb431 | 2716 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
2717 | { |
2718 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject) | |
2719 | public: | |
2720 | // Constructors | |
2721 | ||
2722 | wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
d3c7fc99 | 2723 | virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject(); |
5d7836c4 | 2724 | |
d13b34d3 | 2725 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 2726 | |
8db2e3ef | 2727 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 2728 | |
8db2e3ef | 2729 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
5d7836c4 | 2730 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2731 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
2732 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2733 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
2734 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2735 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
2736 | ||
8db2e3ef | 2737 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
603f702b | 2738 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2739 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); |
2740 | ||
603f702b JS |
2741 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
2742 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2743 | // Accessors |
2744 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2745 | /** |
2746 | Returns the children. | |
2747 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2748 | wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() { return m_children; } |
b3169c12 JS |
2749 | /** |
2750 | Returns the children. | |
2751 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2752 | const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; } |
2753 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2754 | /** |
2755 | Returns the number of children. | |
2756 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2757 | size_t GetChildCount() const ; |
2758 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2759 | /** |
2760 | Returns the nth child. | |
2761 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2762 | wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ; |
2763 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2764 | /** |
2765 | Returns @true if this object is composite. | |
2766 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2767 | virtual bool IsComposite() const { return true; } |
2768 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
2769 | /** |
2770 | Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects, | |
2771 | @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited. | |
2772 | */ | |
2773 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return false; } | |
2774 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2775 | /** |
2776 | Returns true if the buffer is empty. | |
2777 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2778 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return GetChildCount() == 0; } |
2779 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2780 | /** |
2781 | Returns the child object at the given character position. | |
2782 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2783 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const; |
2784 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2785 | // Operations |
2786 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2787 | void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj); |
2788 | ||
0ca07313 JS |
2789 | void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj) { Copy(obj); } |
2790 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2791 | /** |
2792 | Appends a child, returning the position. | |
2793 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2794 | size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ; |
2795 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2796 | /** |
2797 | Inserts the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning. | |
2798 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2799 | bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ; |
2800 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2801 | /** |
2802 | Removes and optionally deletes the specified child. | |
2803 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2804 | bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ; |
2805 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2806 | /** |
2807 | Deletes all the children. | |
2808 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2809 | bool DeleteChildren() ; |
2810 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2811 | /** |
2812 | Recursively merges all pieces that can be merged. | |
2813 | */ | |
109bfc88 | 2814 | bool Defragment(const wxRichTextRange& range = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
5d7836c4 | 2815 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2816 | /** |
2817 | Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new. | |
2818 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2819 | virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt); |
2820 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2821 | protected: |
2822 | wxRichTextObjectList m_children; | |
2823 | }; | |
2824 | ||
706465df JS |
2825 | /** |
2826 | @class wxRichTextParagraphBox | |
2827 | ||
2828 | This class knows how to lay out paragraphs. | |
2829 | ||
2830 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2831 | @category{richtext} | |
2832 | ||
2833 | @see wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2834 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 2835 | |
bec80f4f | 2836 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
2837 | { |
2838 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox) | |
2839 | public: | |
2840 | // Constructors | |
2841 | ||
2842 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
bec80f4f | 2843 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Init(); Copy(obj); } |
cdaed652 | 2844 | ~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(); |
5d7836c4 | 2845 | |
d13b34d3 | 2846 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 2847 | |
8db2e3ef | 2848 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
cdaed652 | 2849 | |
8db2e3ef | 2850 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 2851 | |
8db2e3ef | 2852 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 2853 | |
8db2e3ef | 2854 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 2855 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2856 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
2857 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2858 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
2859 | ||
bec80f4f | 2860 | #if wxUSE_XML |
603f702b | 2861 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
2862 | #endif |
2863 | ||
2864 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
2865 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2866 | #endif | |
2867 | ||
2868 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
2869 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
2870 | #endif | |
2871 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
2872 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraphlayout"); } |
2873 | ||
603f702b JS |
2874 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } |
2875 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
2876 | // Accessors |
2877 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2878 | /** |
2879 | Associates a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window. | |
2880 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2881 | void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; } |
2882 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2883 | /** |
2884 | Returns the associated control. | |
2885 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2886 | wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; } |
2887 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2888 | /** |
2889 | Sets a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete. | |
2890 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 2891 | void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; } |
b3169c12 JS |
2892 | |
2893 | /** | |
2894 | Returns a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete. | |
2895 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
2896 | bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; } |
2897 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2898 | /** |
2899 | Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer. | |
2900 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2901 | virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const; |
2902 | ||
603f702b | 2903 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; } |
38f833b1 | 2904 | |
5d7836c4 | 2905 | // Operations |
603f702b | 2906 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2907 | /** |
2908 | Submits a command to insert paragraphs. | |
2909 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2910 | bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2911 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2912 | /** |
2913 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
2914 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2915 | bool InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2916 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2917 | /** |
2918 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
2919 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2920 | bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2921 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2922 | /** |
2923 | Submits a command to insert the given image. | |
2924 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 JS |
2925 | bool InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, |
2926 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr); | |
603f702b | 2927 | |
7c9fdebe JS |
2928 | /** |
2929 | Submits a command to insert the given field. Field data can be included in properties. | |
2930 | ||
2931 | @see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
2932 | */ | |
2933 | wxRichTextField* InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& fieldType, | |
2934 | const wxRichTextProperties& properties, | |
2935 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, | |
2936 | const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr); | |
2937 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2938 | /** |
2939 | Returns the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position. | |
2940 | If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, looks up the next-paragraph | |
2941 | style. | |
2942 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2943 | wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const; |
2944 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2945 | /** |
2946 | Inserts an object. | |
2947 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2948 | wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 2949 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2950 | /** |
2951 | Submits a command to delete this range. | |
2952 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
2953 | bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
2954 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2955 | /** |
2956 | Draws the floating objects in this buffer. | |
2957 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2958 | void DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
cdaed652 | 2959 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2960 | /** |
2961 | Moves an anchored object to another paragraph. | |
2962 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 2963 | void MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj); |
5d7836c4 | 2964 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2965 | /** |
2966 | Initializes the object. | |
2967 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2968 | void Init(); |
2969 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2970 | /** |
2971 | Clears all the children. | |
2972 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2973 | virtual void Clear(); |
2974 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2975 | /** |
2976 | Clears and initializes with one blank paragraph. | |
2977 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2978 | virtual void Reset(); |
2979 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
2980 | /** |
2981 | Convenience function to add a paragraph of text. | |
2982 | */ | |
24777478 | 2983 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 2984 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2985 | /** |
2986 | Convenience function to add an image. | |
2987 | */ | |
24777478 | 2988 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 2989 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2990 | /** |
2991 | Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines. | |
2992 | */ | |
24777478 | 2993 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 2994 | |
b3169c12 JS |
2995 | /** |
2996 | Returns the line at the given position. If @a caretPosition is true, the position is | |
2997 | a caret position, which is normally a smaller number. | |
2998 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
2999 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; |
3000 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3001 | /** |
3002 | Returns the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line. | |
3003 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3004 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const; |
3005 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3006 | /** |
3007 | Returns the paragraph at the given character or caret position. | |
3008 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3009 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; |
3010 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3011 | /** |
3012 | Returns the line size at the given position. | |
3013 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3014 | virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; |
3015 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3016 | /** |
3017 | Given a position, returns the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph), | |
3018 | starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (@a startOfLine) | |
3019 | that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start | |
3020 | of the next, since the caret can be shown at two visible positions for the same underlying | |
3021 | position. | |
3022 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3023 | virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const; |
3024 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3025 | /** |
3026 | Given a line number, returns the corresponding wxRichTextLine object. | |
3027 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3028 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const; |
3029 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3030 | /** |
3031 | Returns the leaf object in a paragraph at this position. | |
3032 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3033 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const; |
3034 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3035 | /** |
3036 | Returns the paragraph by number. | |
3037 | */ | |
7fe8059f | 3038 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3039 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3040 | /** |
3041 | Returns the paragraph for a given line. | |
3042 | */ | |
7fe8059f | 3043 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3044 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3045 | /** |
3046 | Returns the length of the paragraph. | |
3047 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3048 | virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const; |
3049 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3050 | /** |
3051 | Returns the number of paragraphs. | |
3052 | */ | |
42632bce | 3053 | virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return static_cast<int>(GetChildCount()); } |
5d7836c4 | 3054 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3055 | /** |
3056 | Returns the number of visible lines. | |
3057 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3058 | virtual int GetLineCount() const; |
3059 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3060 | /** |
3061 | Returns the text of the paragraph. | |
3062 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3063 | virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const; |
3064 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3065 | /** |
3066 | Converts zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position. | |
3067 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3068 | virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; |
3069 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3070 | /** |
3071 | Converts a zero-based position to line column and paragraph number. | |
3072 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3073 | virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const; |
3074 | ||
b3169c12 | 3075 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3076 | Sets the attributes for the given range. Pass flags to determine how the |
3077 | attributes are set. | |
3078 | ||
3079 | The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span | |
3080 | of text. So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5, | |
3081 | use the range (5,5). | |
3082 | This differs from the wxRichTextCtrl API, where you would specify (5,6). | |
3083 | ||
3084 | @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values: | |
3085 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag. | |
3086 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be | |
3087 | undoable. | |
3088 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied | |
3089 | if the combined style at this point is already the style in question. | |
3090 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be | |
3091 | applied to paragraphs, and not the content. | |
3092 | This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that | |
3093 | of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
3094 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be | |
3095 | applied to characters, and not the paragraph. | |
3096 | This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that | |
3097 | of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
3098 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying | |
3099 | the new style. | |
3100 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style. | |
3101 | Only the style flags are used in this operation. | |
b3169c12 | 3102 | */ |
24777478 | 3103 | virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); |
5d7836c4 | 3104 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3105 | /** |
3106 | Sets the attributes for the given object only, for example the box attributes for a text box. | |
3107 | */ | |
603f702b | 3108 | virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); |
cdaed652 | 3109 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3110 | /** |
3111 | Returns the combined text attributes for this position. | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3112 | |
3113 | This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated | |
3114 | with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined | |
3115 | attributes you see on the screen. To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle(). | |
3116 | If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function | |
3117 | will fetch the paragraph attributes. | |
3118 | Otherwise, it will return the character attributes. | |
b3169c12 | 3119 | */ |
24777478 | 3120 | virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style); |
5d7836c4 | 3121 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3122 | /** |
3123 | Returns the content (uncombined) attributes for this position. | |
3124 | */ | |
24777478 | 3125 | virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style); |
fe5aa22c | 3126 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3127 | /** |
3128 | Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and | |
3129 | context attributes. | |
3130 | */ | |
24777478 | 3131 | virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles = true); |
fe5aa22c | 3132 | |
b3169c12 | 3133 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3134 | This function gets a style representing the common, combined attributes in the |
3135 | given range. | |
3136 | Attributes which have different values within the specified range will not be | |
3137 | included the style flags. | |
3138 | ||
3139 | The function is used to get the attributes to display in the formatting dialog: | |
3140 | the user can edit the attributes common to the selection, and optionally specify the | |
3141 | values of further attributes to be applied uniformly. | |
3142 | ||
3143 | To apply the edited attributes, you can use SetStyle() specifying | |
3144 | the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE flag, which will only apply attributes that | |
3145 | are different from the @e combined attributes within the range. | |
3146 | So, the user edits the effective, displayed attributes for the range, | |
3147 | but his choice won't be applied unnecessarily to content. As an example, | |
3148 | say the style for a paragraph specifies bold, but the paragraph text doesn't | |
3149 | specify a weight. | |
3150 | The combined style is bold, and this is what the user will see on-screen and | |
3151 | in the formatting dialog. The user now specifies red text, in addition to bold. | |
3152 | When applying with SetStyle(), the content font weight attributes won't be | |
3153 | changed to bold because this is already specified by the paragraph. | |
3154 | However the text colour attributes @e will be changed to show red. | |
b3169c12 | 3155 | */ |
24777478 | 3156 | virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style); |
59509217 | 3157 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3158 | /** |
3159 | Combines @a style with @a currentStyle for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of | |
3160 | content. | |
3161 | */ | |
24777478 | 3162 | bool CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr); |
59509217 | 3163 | |
7afd2b58 | 3164 | //@{ |
b3169c12 | 3165 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3166 | Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how |
3167 | the attributes are set. | |
3168 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3169 | sheet) can be passed. | |
b3169c12 | 3170 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3171 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: |
3172 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3173 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3174 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3175 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3176 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3177 | ||
3178 | @see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle(). | |
b3169c12 | 3179 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 3180 | virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
38f833b1 | 3181 | virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
7afd2b58 | 3182 | //@} |
38f833b1 | 3183 | |
b3169c12 | 3184 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3185 | Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes |
3186 | and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph. | |
3187 | ||
3188 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3189 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3190 | ||
3191 | @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList() | |
b3169c12 | 3192 | */ |
38f833b1 JS |
3193 | virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); |
3194 | ||
7afd2b58 | 3195 | //@{ |
b3169c12 | 3196 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3197 | Numbers the paragraphs in the given range. |
3198 | ||
3199 | Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set. | |
3200 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3201 | sheet) can be passed. | |
3202 | ||
3203 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3204 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3205 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3206 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3207 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3208 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3209 | ||
b3169c12 | 3210 | @a def can be NULL to indicate that the existing list style should be used. |
b3169c12 | 3211 | |
7afd2b58 | 3212 | @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle() |
b3169c12 | 3213 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 3214 | virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
38f833b1 | 3215 | virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
7afd2b58 | 3216 | //@} |
38f833b1 | 3217 | |
7afd2b58 | 3218 | //@{ |
b3169c12 | 3219 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3220 | Promotes the list items within the given range. |
3221 | A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number | |
3222 | produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set. | |
3223 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3224 | sheet) can be passed. | |
b3169c12 | 3225 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3226 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: |
3227 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3228 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3229 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3230 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3231 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3232 | ||
3233 | @see SetListStyle(), SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle() | |
b3169c12 | 3234 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 3235 | virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
38f833b1 | 3236 | virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
7afd2b58 | 3237 | //@} |
38f833b1 | 3238 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3239 | /** |
3240 | Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously | |
3241 | @a def can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used. | |
3242 | */ | |
38f833b1 JS |
3243 | virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); |
3244 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3245 | /** |
3246 | Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph. | |
3247 | */ | |
24777478 | 3248 | virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const; |
d2d0adc7 | 3249 | |
590a0f8b JS |
3250 | /** |
3251 | Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the | |
3252 | attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them. | |
3253 | ||
3254 | The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span | |
3255 | of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at | |
3256 | position 5, use the range (5,6). | |
3257 | ||
3258 | @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values: | |
3259 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag. | |
3260 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be | |
3261 | undoable. | |
3262 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be | |
3263 | applied to paragraphs, and not the content. | |
3264 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be | |
3265 | applied to characters, and not the paragraph. | |
3266 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying | |
3267 | the new properties. | |
3268 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties. | |
3269 | */ | |
3270 | virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO); | |
3271 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3272 | /** |
3273 | Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any | |
3274 | of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You | |
3275 | can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have | |
3276 | flags indicating which attributes are of interest. | |
3277 | */ | |
24777478 | 3278 | virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3279 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3280 | /** |
3281 | Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any | |
3282 | of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You | |
3283 | can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have | |
3284 | flags indicating which attributes are of interest. | |
3285 | */ | |
24777478 | 3286 | virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const; |
5d7836c4 | 3287 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3288 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); } |
3289 | ||
cc2aecde JS |
3290 | /** |
3291 | Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset). | |
3292 | Currently is only called if undo mode is on. | |
3293 | */ | |
3294 | virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container); | |
3295 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3296 | /** |
3297 | Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true, | |
3298 | it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph | |
3299 | marker. | |
3300 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 3301 | virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); |
5d7836c4 | 3302 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3303 | /** |
3304 | Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in @a fragment. | |
3305 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 3306 | virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); |
5d7836c4 | 3307 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3308 | /** |
3309 | Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed. | |
3310 | */ | |
fe5aa22c JS |
3311 | virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet); |
3312 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
3313 | void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj); |
3314 | ||
0ca07313 JS |
3315 | void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); } |
3316 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3317 | /** |
3318 | Calculate ranges. | |
3319 | */ | |
603f702b | 3320 | virtual void UpdateRanges(); |
5d7836c4 | 3321 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3322 | /** |
3323 | Get all the text. | |
3324 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3325 | virtual wxString GetText() const; |
3326 | ||
b3169c12 | 3327 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3328 | Sets the default style, affecting the style currently being applied |
3329 | (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently | |
3330 | inserted text to be bold). | |
3331 | ||
3332 | This is not cumulative - setting the default style will replace the previous | |
3333 | default style. | |
3334 | ||
3335 | Setting it to a default attribute object makes new content take on the 'basic' style. | |
b3169c12 | 3336 | */ |
24777478 | 3337 | virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style); |
5d7836c4 | 3338 | |
b3169c12 | 3339 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3340 | Returns the current default style, affecting the style currently being applied |
3341 | (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently | |
3342 | inserted text to be bold). | |
b3169c12 | 3343 | */ |
24777478 | 3344 | virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; } |
5d7836c4 | 3345 | |
b3169c12 | 3346 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
3347 | Sets the basic (overall) style. This is the style of the whole |
3348 | buffer before further styles are applied, unlike the default style, which | |
3349 | only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default | |
3350 | style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold). | |
b3169c12 | 3351 | */ |
24777478 | 3352 | virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; } |
5d7836c4 | 3353 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3354 | /** |
3355 | Returns the basic (overall) style. | |
7afd2b58 JS |
3356 | |
3357 | This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied, | |
3358 | unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being | |
3359 | applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause | |
3360 | subsequently inserted text to be bold). | |
b3169c12 | 3361 | */ |
24777478 | 3362 | virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; } |
5d7836c4 | 3363 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3364 | /** |
3365 | Invalidates the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer. | |
3366 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3367 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
3368 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3369 | /** |
3370 | Do the (in)validation for this object only. | |
3371 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3372 | virtual void DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange); |
3373 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3374 | /** |
3375 | Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy. | |
3376 | */ | |
603f702b | 3377 | virtual void InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
ce00f59b | 3378 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3379 | /** |
3380 | Gather information about floating objects. If untilObj is non-NULL, | |
3381 | will stop getting information if the current object is this, since we | |
3382 | will collect the rest later. | |
3383 | */ | |
603f702b | 3384 | virtual bool UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj = NULL); |
38113684 | 3385 | |
b3169c12 JS |
3386 | /** |
3387 | Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true. | |
3388 | */ | |
38113684 JS |
3389 | wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const; |
3390 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3391 | /** |
3392 | Returns @true if this object needs layout. | |
3393 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3394 | bool IsDirty() const { return m_invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE; } |
3395 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3396 | /** |
3397 | Returns the wxRichTextFloatCollector of this object. | |
3398 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
3399 | wxRichTextFloatCollector* GetFloatCollector() { return m_floatCollector; } |
3400 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3401 | /** |
3402 | Returns the number of floating objects at this level. | |
3403 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3404 | int GetFloatingObjectCount() const; |
3405 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3406 | /** |
3407 | Returns a list of floating objects. | |
3408 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
3409 | bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const; |
3410 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
3411 | protected: |
3412 | wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl; | |
24777478 | 3413 | wxRichTextAttr m_defaultAttributes; |
38113684 | 3414 | |
b3169c12 | 3415 | // The invalidated range that will need full layout |
0ca07313 | 3416 | wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange; |
5d7836c4 JS |
3417 | |
3418 | // Is the last paragraph partial or complete? | |
0ca07313 | 3419 | bool m_partialParagraph; |
cdaed652 VZ |
3420 | |
3421 | // The floating layout state | |
3422 | wxRichTextFloatCollector* m_floatCollector; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3423 | }; |
3424 | ||
603f702b JS |
3425 | /** |
3426 | @class wxRichTextBox | |
3427 | ||
706465df JS |
3428 | This class implements a floating or inline text box, containing paragraphs. |
3429 | ||
3430 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3431 | @category{richtext} | |
3432 | ||
3433 | @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3434 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 3435 | |
603f702b | 3436 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox |
bec80f4f JS |
3437 | { |
3438 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox) | |
3439 | public: | |
3440 | // Constructors | |
3441 | ||
603f702b JS |
3442 | /** |
3443 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
3444 | */ | |
3445 | ||
bec80f4f | 3446 | wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); |
603f702b JS |
3447 | |
3448 | /** | |
3449 | Copy constructor. | |
3450 | */ | |
3451 | ||
3452 | wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
bec80f4f | 3453 | |
d13b34d3 | 3454 | // Overridables |
bec80f4f | 3455 | |
8db2e3ef | 3456 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
bec80f4f | 3457 | |
603f702b JS |
3458 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("textbox"); } |
3459 | ||
603f702b JS |
3460 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
3461 | ||
603f702b JS |
3462 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
3463 | ||
603f702b | 3464 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Box"); } |
5ad9ae3a | 3465 | |
bec80f4f JS |
3466 | // Accessors |
3467 | ||
3468 | // Operations | |
3469 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
3470 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); } |
3471 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
3472 | void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj); |
3473 | ||
3474 | protected: | |
3475 | }; | |
3476 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
3477 | /** |
3478 | @class wxRichTextField | |
3479 | ||
3480 | This class implements the general concept of a field, an object that represents | |
3481 | additional functionality such as a footnote, a bookmark, a page number, a table | |
3482 | of contents, and so on. Extra information (such as a bookmark name) can be stored | |
3483 | in the object properties. | |
3484 | ||
3485 | Drawing, layout, and property editing is delegated to classes derived | |
3486 | from wxRichTextFieldType, such as instances of wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard; this makes | |
3487 | the use of fields an efficient method of introducing extra functionality, since | |
3488 | most of the information required to draw a field (such as a bitmap) is kept centrally | |
3489 | in a single field type definition. | |
3490 | ||
3491 | The FieldType property, accessed by SetFieldType/GetFieldType, is used to retrieve | |
3492 | the field type definition. So be careful not to overwrite this property. | |
3493 | ||
3494 | wxRichTextField is derived from wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, which means that it | |
3495 | can contain its own read-only content, refreshed when the application calls the UpdateField | |
3496 | function. Whether a field is treated as a composite or a single graphic is determined | |
3497 | by the field type definition. If using wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, passing the display | |
3498 | type wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE to the field type definition causes the field | |
3499 | to behave like a composite; the other display styles display a simple graphic. | |
3500 | When implementing a composite field, you will still need to derive from wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
3501 | or wxRichTextFieldType, if only to implement UpdateField to refresh the field content | |
3502 | appropriately. wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard is only one possible implementation, but | |
3503 | covers common needs especially for simple, static fields using text or a bitmap. | |
3504 | ||
3505 | Register field types on application initialisation with the static function | |
3506 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically | |
3507 | on application exit. | |
3508 | ||
3509 | An application can write a field to a control with wxRichTextCtrl::WriteField, | |
3510 | taking a field type, the properties for the field, and optional attributes. | |
3511 | ||
3512 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3513 | @category{richtext} | |
3514 | ||
3515 | @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextProperties, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3516 | */ | |
3517 | ||
3518 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox | |
3519 | { | |
3520 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextField) | |
3521 | public: | |
3522 | // Constructors | |
3523 | ||
3524 | /** | |
3525 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
3526 | */ | |
3527 | ||
3528 | wxRichTextField(const wxString& fieldType = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
3529 | ||
3530 | /** | |
3531 | Copy constructor. | |
3532 | */ | |
3533 | ||
3534 | wxRichTextField(const wxRichTextField& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
3535 | ||
3536 | // Overridables | |
3537 | ||
3538 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); | |
3539 | ||
3540 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); | |
3541 | ||
3542 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; | |
3543 | ||
3544 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("field"); } | |
3545 | ||
3546 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const; | |
3547 | ||
3548 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
3549 | ||
3550 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const; | |
3551 | ||
3552 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } | |
3553 | ||
3554 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); | |
3555 | ||
3556 | /** | |
3557 | If a field has children, we don't want the user to be able to edit it. | |
3558 | */ | |
3559 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; } | |
3560 | ||
3561 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; } | |
3562 | ||
3563 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const; | |
3564 | ||
3565 | // Accessors | |
3566 | ||
3567 | void SetFieldType(const wxString& fieldType) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("FieldType"), fieldType); } | |
3568 | wxString GetFieldType() const { return GetProperties().GetPropertyString(wxT("FieldType")); } | |
3569 | ||
3570 | // Operations | |
3571 | ||
3572 | /** | |
3573 | Update the field; delegated to the associated field type. This would typically expand the field to its value, | |
3574 | if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field. | |
3575 | */ | |
32423dd8 | 3576 | virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
7c9fdebe JS |
3577 | |
3578 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextField(*this); } | |
3579 | ||
3580 | void Copy(const wxRichTextField& obj); | |
3581 | ||
3582 | protected: | |
3583 | }; | |
3584 | ||
3585 | /** | |
3586 | @class wxRichTextFieldType | |
3587 | ||
3588 | The base class for custom field types. Each type definition handles one | |
3589 | field type. Override functions to provide drawing, layout, updating and | |
3590 | property editing functionality for a field. | |
3591 | ||
3592 | Register field types on application initialisation with the static function | |
3593 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically | |
3594 | on application exit. | |
3595 | ||
3596 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3597 | @category{richtext} | |
3598 | ||
3599 | @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3600 | */ | |
3601 | ||
3602 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType: public wxObject | |
3603 | { | |
3604 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldType) | |
3605 | public: | |
3606 | /** | |
3607 | Creates a field type definition. | |
3608 | */ | |
3609 | wxRichTextFieldType(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) | |
3610 | : m_name(name) | |
3611 | { } | |
3612 | ||
3613 | /** | |
3614 | Copy constructor. | |
3615 | */ | |
3616 | wxRichTextFieldType(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { Copy(fieldType); } | |
3617 | ||
3618 | void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { m_name = fieldType.m_name; } | |
3619 | ||
3620 | /** | |
3621 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
3622 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
3623 | */ | |
3624 | virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0; | |
3625 | ||
3626 | /** | |
3627 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
3628 | Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object, | |
3629 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size | |
3630 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
3631 | */ | |
3632 | virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0; | |
3633 | ||
3634 | /** | |
3635 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range | |
3636 | is invalid for this object. | |
3637 | */ | |
3638 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0; | |
3639 | ||
3640 | /** | |
3641 | Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI. | |
3642 | */ | |
3643 | virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return false; } | |
3644 | ||
3645 | /** | |
3646 | Edits the object's properties via a GUI. | |
3647 | */ | |
3648 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj), wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; } | |
3649 | ||
3650 | /** | |
3651 | Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item. | |
3652 | */ | |
3653 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return wxEmptyString; } | |
3654 | ||
3655 | /** | |
3656 | Update the field. This would typically expand the field to its value, | |
3657 | if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field. | |
3658 | */ | |
32423dd8 | 3659 | virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer), wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) { return false; } |
7c9fdebe JS |
3660 | |
3661 | /** | |
3662 | Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box. | |
3663 | */ | |
3664 | virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return true; } | |
3665 | ||
3666 | /** | |
3667 | Sets the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object. | |
3668 | */ | |
3669 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } | |
3670 | ||
3671 | /** | |
3672 | Returns the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object. | |
3673 | */ | |
3674 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } | |
3675 | ||
3676 | protected: | |
3677 | ||
3678 | wxString m_name; | |
3679 | }; | |
3680 | ||
3681 | WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxRichTextFieldType*, wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap); | |
3682 | ||
3683 | /** | |
3684 | @class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
3685 | ||
3686 | A field type that can handle fields with text or bitmap labels, with a small range | |
3687 | of styles for implementing rectangular fields and fields that can be used for start | |
3688 | and end tags. | |
3689 | ||
3690 | The border, text and background colours can be customised; the default is | |
3691 | white text on a black background. | |
3692 | ||
3693 | The following display styles can be used. | |
3694 | ||
3695 | @beginStyleTable | |
3696 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE} | |
3697 | Creates a composite field; you will probably need to derive a new class to implement UpdateField. | |
3698 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE} | |
3699 | Shows a rounded rectangle background. | |
3700 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER} | |
3701 | Suppresses the background and border; mostly used with a bitmap label. | |
3702 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG} | |
3703 | Shows a start tag background, with the pointy end facing right. | |
3704 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG} | |
3705 | Shows an end tag background, with the pointy end facing left. | |
3706 | @endStyleTable | |
3707 | ||
3708 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3709 | @category{richtext} | |
3710 | ||
3711 | @see wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3712 | */ | |
3713 | ||
3714 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard: public wxRichTextFieldType | |
3715 | { | |
3716 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard) | |
3717 | public: | |
3718 | ||
3719 | // Display style types | |
3720 | enum { wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE = 0x01, | |
3721 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE = 0x02, | |
3722 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER = 0x04, | |
3723 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG = 0x08, | |
3724 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG = 0x10 | |
3725 | }; | |
3726 | ||
3727 | /** | |
3728 | Constructor, creating a field type definition with a text label. | |
3729 | ||
3730 | @param parent | |
3731 | The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type | |
3732 | name used when adding a field to a control. | |
3733 | @param label | |
3734 | The text label to be shown on the field. | |
3735 | @param displayStyle | |
3736 | The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE, | |
3737 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG, | |
3738 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG. | |
3739 | ||
3740 | */ | |
3741 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxString& label, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE); | |
3742 | ||
3743 | /** | |
3744 | Constructor, creating a field type definition with a bitmap label. | |
3745 | ||
3746 | @param parent | |
3747 | The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type | |
3748 | name used when adding a field to a control. | |
3749 | @param label | |
3750 | The bitmap label to be shown on the field. | |
3751 | @param displayStyle | |
3752 | The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE, | |
3753 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG, | |
3754 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG. | |
3755 | ||
3756 | */ | |
3757 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER); | |
3758 | ||
3759 | /** | |
3760 | The default constructor. | |
3761 | ||
3762 | */ | |
3763 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard() { Init(); } | |
3764 | ||
3765 | /** | |
3766 | The copy constructor. | |
3767 | ||
3768 | */ | |
3769 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); } | |
3770 | ||
3771 | /** | |
3772 | Initialises the object. | |
3773 | */ | |
3774 | void Init(); | |
3775 | ||
3776 | /** | |
3777 | Copies the object. | |
3778 | */ | |
3779 | void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field); | |
3780 | ||
3781 | /** | |
3782 | The assignment operator. | |
3783 | */ | |
3784 | void operator=(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); } | |
3785 | ||
3786 | /** | |
3787 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
3788 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
3789 | */ | |
3790 | virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); | |
3791 | ||
3792 | /** | |
3793 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
3794 | Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object, | |
3795 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size | |
3796 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
3797 | */ | |
3798 | virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); | |
3799 | ||
3800 | /** | |
3801 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range | |
3802 | is invalid for this object. | |
3803 | */ | |
3804 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; | |
3805 | ||
3806 | /** | |
3807 | Get the size of the field, given the label, font size, and so on. | |
3808 | */ | |
3809 | wxSize GetSize(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int style) const; | |
3810 | ||
3811 | /** | |
3812 | Returns @true if the display type is wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE, @false otherwise. | |
3813 | */ | |
3814 | virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return (GetDisplayStyle() & wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE) != 0; } | |
3815 | ||
3816 | /** | |
3817 | Sets the text label for fields of this type. | |
3818 | */ | |
3819 | void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; } | |
3820 | ||
3821 | /** | |
3822 | Returns the text label for fields of this type. | |
3823 | */ | |
3824 | const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; } | |
3825 | ||
3826 | /** | |
3827 | Sets the bitmap label for fields of this type. | |
3828 | */ | |
3829 | void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } | |
3830 | ||
3831 | /** | |
3832 | Gets the bitmap label for fields of this type. | |
3833 | */ | |
3834 | const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } | |
3835 | ||
3836 | /** | |
3837 | Gets the display style for fields of this type. | |
3838 | */ | |
3839 | int GetDisplayStyle() const { return m_displayStyle; } | |
3840 | ||
3841 | /** | |
3842 | Sets the display style for fields of this type. | |
3843 | */ | |
3844 | void SetDisplayStyle(int displayStyle) { m_displayStyle = displayStyle; } | |
3845 | ||
3846 | /** | |
3847 | Gets the font used for drawing the text label. | |
3848 | */ | |
3849 | const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } | |
3850 | ||
3851 | /** | |
3852 | Sets the font used for drawing the text label. | |
3853 | */ | |
3854 | void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } | |
3855 | ||
3856 | /** | |
3857 | Gets the colour used for drawing the text label. | |
3858 | */ | |
3859 | const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_textColour; } | |
3860 | ||
3861 | /** | |
3862 | Sets the colour used for drawing the text label. | |
3863 | */ | |
3864 | void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_textColour = colour; } | |
3865 | ||
3866 | /** | |
3867 | Gets the colour used for drawing the field border. | |
3868 | */ | |
3869 | const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_borderColour; } | |
3870 | ||
3871 | /** | |
3872 | Sets the colour used for drawing the field border. | |
3873 | */ | |
3874 | void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour; } | |
3875 | ||
3876 | /** | |
3877 | Gets the colour used for drawing the field background. | |
3878 | */ | |
3879 | const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; } | |
3880 | ||
3881 | /** | |
3882 | Sets the colour used for drawing the field background. | |
3883 | */ | |
3884 | void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_backgroundColour = colour; } | |
3885 | ||
3886 | /** | |
3887 | Sets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3888 | */ | |
3889 | void SetVerticalPadding(int padding) { m_verticalPadding = padding; } | |
3890 | ||
3891 | /** | |
3892 | Gets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3893 | */ | |
3894 | int GetVerticalPadding() const { return m_verticalPadding; } | |
3895 | ||
3896 | /** | |
3897 | Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3898 | */ | |
3899 | void SetHorizontalPadding(int padding) { m_horizontalPadding = padding; } | |
3900 | ||
3901 | /** | |
3902 | Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3903 | */ | |
3904 | int GetHorizontalPadding() const { return m_horizontalPadding; } | |
3905 | ||
3906 | /** | |
3907 | Sets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object. | |
3908 | */ | |
3909 | void SetHorizontalMargin(int margin) { m_horizontalMargin = margin; } | |
3910 | ||
3911 | /** | |
3912 | Gets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object. | |
3913 | */ | |
3914 | int GetHorizontalMargin() const { return m_horizontalMargin; } | |
3915 | ||
3916 | /** | |
3917 | Sets the vertical margin surrounding the field object. | |
3918 | */ | |
3919 | void SetVerticalMargin(int margin) { m_verticalMargin = margin; } | |
3920 | ||
3921 | /** | |
3922 | Gets the vertical margin surrounding the field object. | |
3923 | */ | |
3924 | int GetVerticalMargin() const { return m_verticalMargin; } | |
3925 | ||
3926 | protected: | |
3927 | ||
3928 | wxString m_label; | |
3929 | int m_displayStyle; | |
3930 | wxFont m_font; | |
3931 | wxColour m_textColour; | |
3932 | wxColour m_borderColour; | |
3933 | wxColour m_backgroundColour; | |
3934 | int m_verticalPadding; | |
3935 | int m_horizontalPadding; | |
3936 | int m_horizontalMargin; | |
3937 | int m_verticalMargin; | |
3938 | wxBitmap m_bitmap; | |
3939 | }; | |
3940 | ||
706465df JS |
3941 | /** |
3942 | @class wxRichTextLine | |
3943 | ||
3944 | This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores | |
3945 | offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the | |
3946 | start and end positions of the line. | |
3947 | ||
3948 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3949 | @category{richtext} | |
3950 | ||
3951 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3952 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3953 | |
3b2cb431 | 3954 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine |
5d7836c4 JS |
3955 | { |
3956 | public: | |
3957 | // Constructors | |
3958 | ||
3959 | wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent); | |
1e967276 | 3960 | wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 JS |
3961 | virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {} |
3962 | ||
d13b34d3 | 3963 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 JS |
3964 | |
3965 | // Accessors | |
3966 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3967 | /** |
3968 | Sets the range associated with this line. | |
3969 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3970 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } |
b3169c12 JS |
3971 | /** |
3972 | Sets the range associated with this line. | |
3973 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3974 | void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); } |
3975 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3976 | /** |
3977 | Returns the parent paragraph. | |
3978 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3979 | wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; } |
3980 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3981 | /** |
3982 | Returns the range. | |
3983 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3984 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } |
b3169c12 JS |
3985 | /** |
3986 | Returns the range. | |
3987 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
3988 | wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; } |
3989 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3990 | /** |
3991 | Returns the absolute range. | |
3992 | */ | |
1e967276 JS |
3993 | wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const; |
3994 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
3995 | /** |
3996 | Returns the line size as calculated by Layout. | |
3997 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 3998 | virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; } |
b3169c12 JS |
3999 | |
4000 | /** | |
4001 | Sets the line size as calculated by Layout. | |
4002 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4003 | virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } |
4004 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4005 | /** |
4006 | Returns the object position relative to the parent. | |
4007 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4008 | virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } |
b3169c12 JS |
4009 | |
4010 | /** | |
4011 | Sets the object position relative to the parent. | |
4012 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4013 | virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } |
4014 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4015 | /** |
4016 | Returns the absolute object position. | |
4017 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4018 | virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const; |
4019 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4020 | /** |
4021 | Returns the rectangle enclosing the line. | |
4022 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4023 | virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); } |
4024 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4025 | /** |
4026 | Sets the stored descent. | |
4027 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4028 | void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; } |
b3169c12 JS |
4029 | |
4030 | /** | |
4031 | Returns the stored descent. | |
4032 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4033 | int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; } |
4034 | ||
2f45f554 JS |
4035 | #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING |
4036 | wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; } | |
4037 | const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; } | |
4038 | #endif | |
4039 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4040 | // Operations |
4041 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4042 | /** |
4043 | Initialises the object. | |
4044 | */ | |
1e967276 | 4045 | void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent); |
5d7836c4 | 4046 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4047 | /** |
4048 | Copies from @a obj. | |
4049 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4050 | void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj); |
4051 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4052 | virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); } |
4053 | ||
4054 | protected: | |
4055 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4056 | // The range of the line (start position to end position) |
4057 | // This is relative to the parent paragraph. | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4058 | wxRichTextRange m_range; |
4059 | ||
b3169c12 | 4060 | // Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph |
5d7836c4 JS |
4061 | wxPoint m_pos; |
4062 | wxSize m_size; | |
4063 | ||
b3169c12 | 4064 | // Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline) |
5d7836c4 JS |
4065 | int m_descent; |
4066 | ||
4067 | // The parent object | |
4068 | wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent; | |
2f45f554 JS |
4069 | |
4070 | #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING | |
4071 | wxArrayInt m_objectSizes; | |
4072 | #endif | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4073 | }; |
4074 | ||
3b2cb431 | 4075 | WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextLine, wxRichTextLineList , class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT ); |
5d7836c4 | 4076 | |
706465df JS |
4077 | /** |
4078 | @class wxRichTextParagraph | |
4079 | ||
4080 | This object represents a single paragraph containing various objects such as text content, images, and further paragraph layout objects. | |
4081 | ||
4082 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4083 | @category{richtext} | |
4084 | ||
4085 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4086 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4087 | |
603f702b | 4088 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextCompositeObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4089 | { |
4090 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph) | |
4091 | public: | |
4092 | // Constructors | |
4093 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4094 | /** |
4095 | Constructor taking a parent and style. | |
4096 | */ | |
24777478 | 4097 | wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL); |
b3169c12 JS |
4098 | /** |
4099 | Constructor taking a text string, a parent and paragraph and character attributes. | |
4100 | */ | |
24777478 | 4101 | wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); |
d3c7fc99 | 4102 | virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph(); |
603f702b | 4103 | wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 | 4104 | |
d13b34d3 | 4105 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 4106 | |
8db2e3ef | 4107 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4108 | |
8db2e3ef | 4109 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4110 | |
8db2e3ef | 4111 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 4112 | |
8db2e3ef | 4113 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
5d7836c4 | 4114 | |
8db2e3ef | 4115 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 4116 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4117 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
4118 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4119 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraph"); } |
4120 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4121 | // Accessors |
4122 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4123 | /** |
4124 | Returns the cached lines. | |
4125 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4126 | wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; } |
4127 | ||
4128 | // Operations | |
4129 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4130 | /** |
4131 | Copies the object. | |
4132 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4133 | void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj); |
4134 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4135 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); } |
4136 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4137 | /** |
4138 | Clears the cached lines. | |
4139 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4140 | void ClearLines(); |
4141 | ||
4142 | // Implementation | |
4143 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4144 | /** |
4145 | Applies paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines. | |
4146 | */ | |
603f702b | 4147 | virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc); |
5d7836c4 | 4148 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4149 | /** |
4150 | Inserts text at the given position. | |
4151 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4152 | virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text); |
4153 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4154 | /** |
4155 | Splits an object at this position if necessary, and returns | |
4156 | the previous object, or NULL if inserting at the beginning. | |
4157 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4158 | virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL); |
4159 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4160 | /** |
4161 | Moves content to a list from this point. | |
4162 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4163 | virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list); |
4164 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4165 | /** |
4166 | Adds content back from a list. | |
4167 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4168 | virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list); |
4169 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4170 | /** |
4171 | Returns the plain text searching from the start or end of the range. | |
4172 | The resulting string may be shorter than the range given. | |
4173 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4174 | bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true); |
4175 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4176 | /** |
4177 | Finds a suitable wrap position. @a wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left | |
4178 | of the split. | |
4179 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 4180 | bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents); |
5d7836c4 | 4181 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4182 | /** |
4183 | Finds the object at the given position. | |
4184 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4185 | wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position); |
4186 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4187 | /** |
4188 | Returns the bullet text for this paragraph. | |
4189 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4190 | wxString GetBulletText(); |
4191 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4192 | /** |
4193 | Allocates or reuses a line object. | |
4194 | */ | |
1e967276 JS |
4195 | wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos); |
4196 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4197 | /** |
4198 | Clears remaining unused line objects, if any. | |
4199 | */ | |
1e967276 JS |
4200 | bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount); |
4201 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4202 | /** |
4203 | Returns combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically | |
4204 | retrieve the actual style. | |
4205 | */ | |
603f702b | 4206 | wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr = false) const; |
fe5aa22c | 4207 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4208 | /** |
4209 | Returns the combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style. | |
4210 | */ | |
603f702b | 4211 | wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr = false) const; |
fe5aa22c | 4212 | |
b3169c12 JS |
4213 | /** |
4214 | Returns the first position from pos that has a line break character. | |
4215 | */ | |
ff76711f JS |
4216 | long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos); |
4217 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4218 | /** |
4219 | Creates a default tabstop array. | |
4220 | */ | |
cfa3b256 JS |
4221 | static void InitDefaultTabs(); |
4222 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4223 | /** |
4224 | Clears the default tabstop array. | |
4225 | */ | |
cfa3b256 JS |
4226 | static void ClearDefaultTabs(); |
4227 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4228 | /** |
4229 | Returns the default tabstop array. | |
4230 | */ | |
cfa3b256 JS |
4231 | static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; } |
4232 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
4233 | /** |
4234 | Lays out the floating objects. | |
4235 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 4236 | void LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector); |
cdaed652 | 4237 | |
5d7836c4 | 4238 | protected: |
b3169c12 JS |
4239 | |
4240 | // The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph | |
5d7836c4 | 4241 | wxRichTextLineList m_cachedLines; |
cfa3b256 | 4242 | |
b3169c12 | 4243 | // Default tabstops |
cfa3b256 | 4244 | static wxArrayInt sm_defaultTabs; |
cdaed652 VZ |
4245 | |
4246 | friend class wxRichTextFloatCollector; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4247 | }; |
4248 | ||
706465df JS |
4249 | /** |
4250 | @class wxRichTextPlainText | |
4251 | ||
4252 | This object represents a single piece of text. | |
4253 | ||
4254 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4255 | @category{richtext} | |
4256 | ||
4257 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4258 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4259 | |
3b2cb431 | 4260 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4261 | { |
4262 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText) | |
4263 | public: | |
4264 | // Constructors | |
4265 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4266 | /** |
4267 | Constructor. | |
4268 | */ | |
24777478 | 4269 | wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4270 | |
4271 | /** | |
4272 | Copy constructor. | |
4273 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 4274 | wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 | 4275 | |
d13b34d3 | 4276 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 4277 | |
8db2e3ef | 4278 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4279 | |
8db2e3ef | 4280 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4281 | |
8db2e3ef | 4282 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 4283 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4284 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
4285 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4286 | virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos); |
4287 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4288 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
4289 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4290 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
4291 | ||
7fe8059f | 4292 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return m_text.empty(); } |
5d7836c4 | 4293 | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4294 | virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object) const; |
4295 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4296 | virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object); |
4297 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4298 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); |
4299 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4300 | /** |
4301 | Get the first position from pos that has a line break character. | |
4302 | */ | |
ff76711f JS |
4303 | long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos); |
4304 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4305 | /// Does this object take note of paragraph attributes? Text and image objects don't. |
4306 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; } | |
4307 | ||
4308 | #if wxUSE_XML | |
603f702b | 4309 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
4310 | #endif |
4311 | ||
4312 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4313 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4314 | #endif | |
4315 | ||
4316 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4317 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4318 | #endif | |
4319 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4320 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("text"); } |
4321 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4322 | // Accessors |
4323 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4324 | /** |
4325 | Returns the text. | |
4326 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4327 | const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } |
4328 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4329 | /** |
4330 | Sets the text. | |
4331 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4332 | void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } |
4333 | ||
4334 | // Operations | |
4335 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4336 | // Copies the text object, |
5d7836c4 JS |
4337 | void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj); |
4338 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4339 | // Clones the text object. |
5d7836c4 | 4340 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); } |
7afd2b58 | 4341 | |
7f0d9d71 | 4342 | private: |
24777478 | 4343 | bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected); |
5d7836c4 JS |
4344 | |
4345 | protected: | |
4346 | wxString m_text; | |
4347 | }; | |
4348 | ||
706465df JS |
4349 | /** |
4350 | @class wxRichTextImageBlock | |
5d7836c4 | 4351 | |
706465df JS |
4352 | This class stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form. |
4353 | ||
4354 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4355 | @category{richtext} | |
4356 | ||
4357 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4358 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4359 | |
3b2cb431 | 4360 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4361 | { |
4362 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4363 | /** |
4364 | Constructor. | |
4365 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4366 | wxRichTextImageBlock(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4367 | |
4368 | /** | |
4369 | Copy constructor. | |
4370 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4371 | wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); |
d3c7fc99 | 4372 | virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock(); |
5d7836c4 | 4373 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4374 | /** |
4375 | Initialises the block. | |
4376 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4377 | void Init(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4378 | |
4379 | /** | |
4380 | Clears the block. | |
4381 | */ | |
4382 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4383 | void Clear(); |
4384 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4385 | /** |
4386 | Load the original image into a memory block. | |
4387 | If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG | |
4388 | to conserve space. | |
4389 | If it's not a JPEG we can make use of @a image, already scaled, so we don't have to | |
4390 | load the image a second time. | |
4391 | */ | |
d75a69e8 FM |
4392 | virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType, |
4393 | wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true); | |
5d7836c4 | 4394 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4395 | /** |
4396 | Make an image block from the wxImage in the given | |
4397 | format. | |
4398 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4399 | virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality = 80); |
ce00f59b | 4400 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4401 | /** |
4402 | Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG) | |
4403 | */ | |
cdaed652 VZ |
4404 | virtual bool MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType); |
4405 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4406 | /** |
4407 | Makes the image block. | |
4408 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 4409 | virtual bool DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 4410 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4411 | /** |
4412 | Writes the block to a file. | |
4413 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4414 | bool Write(const wxString& filename); |
4415 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4416 | /** |
4417 | Writes the data in hex to a stream. | |
4418 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4419 | bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream); |
4420 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4421 | /** |
4422 | Reads the data in hex from a stream. | |
4423 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4424 | bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 4425 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4426 | /** |
4427 | Copy from @a block. | |
4428 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4429 | void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); |
4430 | ||
4431 | // Load a wxImage from the block | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4432 | /** |
4433 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4434 | bool Load(wxImage& image); |
4435 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4436 | // Operators |
4437 | ||
4438 | /** | |
4439 | Assignment operation. | |
4440 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4441 | void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); |
4442 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4443 | // Accessors |
5d7836c4 | 4444 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4445 | /** |
4446 | Returns the raw data. | |
4447 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4448 | unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4449 | |
4450 | /** | |
4451 | Returns the data size in bytes. | |
4452 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4453 | size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4454 | |
4455 | /** | |
4456 | Returns the image type. | |
4457 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4458 | wxBitmapType GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; } |
5d7836c4 | 4459 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4460 | /** |
4461 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4462 | void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4463 | |
4464 | /** | |
4465 | Sets the data size. | |
4466 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4467 | void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4468 | |
4469 | /** | |
4470 | Sets the image type. | |
4471 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4472 | void SetImageType(wxBitmapType imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; } |
5d7836c4 | 4473 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4474 | /** |
4475 | Returns @true if the data is non-NULL. | |
4476 | */ | |
b7cacb43 | 4477 | bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; } |
7afd2b58 | 4478 | bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } |
5d7836c4 | 4479 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4480 | /** |
4481 | Gets the extension for the block's type. | |
4482 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4483 | wxString GetExtension() const; |
4484 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4485 | /// Implementation |
4486 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4487 | /** |
4488 | Allocates and reads from a stream as a block of memory. | |
4489 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4490 | static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4491 | |
4492 | /** | |
4493 | Allocates and reads from a file as a block of memory. | |
4494 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4495 | static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size); |
4496 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4497 | /** |
4498 | Writes a memory block to stream. | |
4499 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4500 | static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size); |
4501 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4502 | /** |
4503 | Writes a memory block to a file. | |
4504 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4505 | static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size); |
4506 | ||
4507 | protected: | |
4508 | // Size in bytes of the image stored. | |
4509 | // This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file. | |
4510 | unsigned char* m_data; | |
4511 | size_t m_dataSize; | |
d75a69e8 | 4512 | wxBitmapType m_imageType; |
5d7836c4 JS |
4513 | }; |
4514 | ||
706465df JS |
4515 | /** |
4516 | @class wxRichTextImage | |
4517 | ||
4518 | This class implements a graphic object. | |
4519 | ||
4520 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4521 | @category{richtext} | |
4522 | ||
4523 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextImageBlock | |
4524 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4525 | |
bec80f4f | 4526 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
4527 | { |
4528 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage) | |
4529 | public: | |
4530 | // Constructors | |
4531 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4532 | /** |
4533 | Default constructor. | |
4534 | */ | |
23698b12 | 4535 | wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { Init(); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4536 | |
4537 | /** | |
4538 | Creates a wxRichTextImage from a wxImage. | |
4539 | */ | |
24777478 | 4540 | wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4541 | |
4542 | /** | |
4543 | Creates a wxRichTextImage from an image block. | |
4544 | */ | |
24777478 | 4545 | wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4546 | |
4547 | /** | |
4548 | Copy constructor. | |
4549 | */ | |
bec80f4f | 4550 | wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject(obj) { Copy(obj); } |
5d7836c4 | 4551 | |
23698b12 JS |
4552 | /** |
4553 | Initialisation. | |
4554 | */ | |
4555 | void Init(); | |
4556 | ||
d13b34d3 | 4557 | // Overridables |
5d7836c4 | 4558 | |
8db2e3ef | 4559 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4560 | |
8db2e3ef | 4561 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
5d7836c4 | 4562 | |
8db2e3ef | 4563 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
5d7836c4 | 4564 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4565 | /** |
4566 | Returns the 'natural' size for this object - the image size. | |
4567 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
4568 | virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const; |
4569 | ||
a1b806b9 | 4570 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; /* !m_imageBlock.IsOk(); */ } |
cdaed652 | 4571 | |
cdaed652 VZ |
4572 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
4573 | ||
cdaed652 | 4574 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
5d7836c4 | 4575 | |
603f702b JS |
4576 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Picture"); } |
4577 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4578 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; } |
4579 | ||
4580 | #if wxUSE_XML | |
603f702b | 4581 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
bec80f4f JS |
4582 | #endif |
4583 | ||
4584 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4585 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4586 | #endif | |
4587 | ||
4588 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
bec80f4f JS |
4589 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
4590 | #endif | |
4591 | ||
4592 | // Images can be floatable (optionally). | |
4593 | virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return true; } | |
4594 | ||
bec80f4f JS |
4595 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("image"); } |
4596 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4597 | // Accessors |
4598 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4599 | /** |
4600 | Returns the image cache (a scaled bitmap). | |
4601 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 4602 | const wxBitmap& GetImageCache() const { return m_imageCache; } |
5d7836c4 | 4603 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4604 | /** |
4605 | Sets the image cache. | |
4606 | */ | |
23698b12 | 4607 | void SetImageCache(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_imageCache = bitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight()); } |
cdaed652 | 4608 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4609 | /** |
4610 | Resets the image cache. | |
4611 | */ | |
23698b12 | 4612 | void ResetImageCache() { m_imageCache = wxNullBitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(-1, -1); } |
5d7836c4 | 4613 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4614 | /** |
4615 | Returns the image block containing the raw data. | |
4616 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4617 | wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; } |
4618 | ||
4619 | // Operations | |
4620 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4621 | /** |
4622 | Copies the image object. | |
4623 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4624 | void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj); |
4625 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4626 | /** |
4627 | Clones the image object. | |
4628 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4629 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); } |
4630 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4631 | /** |
4632 | Creates a cached image at the required size. | |
4633 | */ | |
cdaed652 | 4634 | virtual bool LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, bool resetCache = false); |
5d7836c4 | 4635 | |
23698b12 JS |
4636 | /** |
4637 | Gets the original image size. | |
4638 | */ | |
4639 | wxSize GetOriginalImageSize() const { return m_originalImageSize; } | |
4640 | ||
4641 | /** | |
4642 | Sets the original image size. | |
4643 | */ | |
4644 | void SetOriginalImageSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_originalImageSize = sz; } | |
4645 | ||
5d7836c4 | 4646 | protected: |
5d7836c4 | 4647 | wxRichTextImageBlock m_imageBlock; |
cdaed652 | 4648 | wxBitmap m_imageCache; |
23698b12 | 4649 | wxSize m_originalImageSize; |
5d7836c4 JS |
4650 | }; |
4651 | ||
b5dbe15d VS |
4652 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand; |
4653 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction; | |
5d7836c4 | 4654 | |
706465df JS |
4655 | /** |
4656 | @class wxRichTextBuffer | |
4657 | ||
4658 | This is a kind of paragraph layout box, used to represent the whole buffer. | |
4659 | ||
4660 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4661 | @category{richtext} | |
4662 | ||
4663 | @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4664 | */ | |
4665 | ||
3b2cb431 | 4666 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox |
5d7836c4 JS |
4667 | { |
4668 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer) | |
4669 | public: | |
4670 | // Constructors | |
4671 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4672 | /** |
4673 | Default constructor. | |
4674 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4675 | wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4676 | |
4677 | /** | |
4678 | Copy constructor. | |
4679 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 4680 | wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); } |
7afd2b58 | 4681 | |
d3c7fc99 | 4682 | virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ; |
5d7836c4 JS |
4683 | |
4684 | // Accessors | |
4685 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4686 | /** |
4687 | Returns the command processor. | |
4688 | A text buffer always creates its own command processor when it is initialized. | |
4689 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4690 | wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; } |
4691 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4692 | /** |
4693 | Sets style sheet, if any. This will allow the application to use named character and paragraph | |
4694 | styles found in the style sheet. | |
4695 | ||
4696 | Neither the buffer nor the control owns the style sheet so must be deleted by the application. | |
4697 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 4698 | void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4699 | |
4700 | /** | |
4701 | Returns the style sheet. | |
4702 | */ | |
38f833b1 JS |
4703 | virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; } |
4704 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4705 | /** |
4706 | Sets the style sheet and sends a notification of the change. | |
4707 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4708 | bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet); |
4709 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4710 | /** |
4711 | Pushes the style sheet to the top of the style sheet stack. | |
4712 | */ | |
38f833b1 JS |
4713 | bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet); |
4714 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4715 | /** |
4716 | Pops the style sheet from the top of the style sheet stack. | |
4717 | */ | |
38f833b1 | 4718 | wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet(); |
5d7836c4 | 4719 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4720 | /** |
4721 | Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4722 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 4723 | wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() { return m_fontTable; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4724 | |
4725 | /** | |
4726 | Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4727 | */ | |
44cc96a8 | 4728 | const wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() const { return m_fontTable; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
4729 | |
4730 | /** | |
4731 | Sets table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4732 | */ | |
44cc96a8 JS |
4733 | void SetFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table) { m_fontTable = table; } |
4734 | ||
32423dd8 JS |
4735 | /** |
4736 | Sets the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable | |
4737 | editing. | |
4738 | */ | |
4739 | void SetFontScale(double fontScale); | |
4740 | ||
4741 | /** | |
4742 | Returns the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable | |
4743 | editing. | |
4744 | */ | |
4745 | double GetFontScale() const { return m_fontScale; } | |
4746 | ||
4747 | /** | |
4748 | Sets the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation and | |
4749 | inter-paragraph spacing. This can be useful when editing in a small control | |
4750 | where you still want legible text, but a minimum of wasted white space. | |
4751 | */ | |
4752 | void SetDimensionScale(double dimScale); | |
4753 | ||
4754 | /** | |
4755 | Returns the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation | |
4756 | and inter-paragraph spacing. | |
4757 | */ | |
4758 | double GetDimensionScale() const { return m_dimensionScale; } | |
4759 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
4760 | // Operations |
4761 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4762 | /** |
4763 | Initialisation. | |
4764 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4765 | void Init(); |
4766 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4767 | /** |
4768 | Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor. | |
4769 | */ | |
85d8909b | 4770 | virtual void ResetAndClearCommands(); |
5d7836c4 | 4771 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4772 | //@{ |
4773 | /** | |
4774 | Loads content from a stream or file. | |
4775 | Not all handlers will implement file loading. | |
4776 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 4777 | virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); |
d75a69e8 | 4778 | virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); |
7afd2b58 | 4779 | //@} |
5d7836c4 | 4780 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4781 | //@{ |
4782 | /** | |
4783 | Saves content to a stream or file. | |
4784 | Not all handlers will implement file saving. | |
4785 | */ | |
4786 | virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); | |
d75a69e8 | 4787 | virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); |
7afd2b58 | 4788 | //@} |
5d7836c4 | 4789 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4790 | /** |
4791 | Sets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving. | |
4792 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4793 | void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; } |
4794 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4795 | /** |
4796 | Gets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving. | |
4797 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
4798 | int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; } |
4799 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4800 | /** |
4801 | Convenience function to add a paragraph of text. | |
4802 | */ | |
24777478 | 4803 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL) { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); } |
5d7836c4 | 4804 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4805 | /** |
4806 | Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly | |
4807 | if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for | |
4808 | subsequent actions. | |
4809 | ||
4810 | @a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear | |
4811 | next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu. | |
4812 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4813 | virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName); |
4814 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4815 | /** |
4816 | End collapsing undo/redo commands. | |
4817 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4818 | virtual bool EndBatchUndo(); |
4819 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4820 | /** |
4821 | Returns @true if we are collapsing commands. | |
4822 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4823 | virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; } |
4824 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4825 | /** |
4826 | Submit the action immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on. | |
4827 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4828 | virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action); |
4829 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4830 | /** |
4831 | Returns the collapsed command. | |
4832 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4833 | virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; } |
4834 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4835 | /** |
4836 | Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented | |
4837 | differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then | |
4838 | it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history | |
4839 | when the action is submitted to the command processor. | |
4840 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4841 | virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo(); |
4842 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4843 | /** |
4844 | End suppressing undo/redo commands. | |
4845 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4846 | virtual bool EndSuppressUndo(); |
4847 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4848 | /** |
4849 | Are we suppressing undo?? | |
4850 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4851 | virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; } |
4852 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4853 | /** |
4854 | Copy the range to the clipboard. | |
4855 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4856 | virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
4857 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4858 | /** |
4859 | Paste the clipboard content to the buffer. | |
4860 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4861 | virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position); |
4862 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4863 | /** |
4864 | Returns @true if we can paste from the clipboard. | |
4865 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4866 | virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const; |
4867 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4868 | /** |
4869 | Begin using a style. | |
4870 | */ | |
24777478 | 4871 | virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style); |
5d7836c4 | 4872 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4873 | /** |
4874 | End the style. | |
4875 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4876 | virtual bool EndStyle(); |
4877 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4878 | /** |
4879 | End all styles. | |
4880 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4881 | virtual bool EndAllStyles(); |
4882 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4883 | /** |
4884 | Clears the style stack. | |
4885 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4886 | virtual void ClearStyleStack(); |
4887 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4888 | /** |
4889 | Returns the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting. | |
4890 | */ | |
3b38e2a0 | 4891 | virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); } |
5d7836c4 | 4892 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4893 | /** |
4894 | Begins using bold. | |
4895 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4896 | bool BeginBold(); |
4897 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4898 | /** |
4899 | Ends using bold. | |
4900 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4901 | bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); } |
4902 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4903 | /** |
4904 | Begins using italic. | |
4905 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4906 | bool BeginItalic(); |
4907 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4908 | /** |
4909 | Ends using italic. | |
4910 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4911 | bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); } |
4912 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4913 | /** |
4914 | Begins using underline. | |
4915 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4916 | bool BeginUnderline(); |
4917 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4918 | /** |
4919 | Ends using underline. | |
4920 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4921 | bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); } |
4922 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4923 | /** |
4924 | Begins using point size. | |
4925 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4926 | bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize); |
4927 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4928 | /** |
4929 | Ends using point size. | |
4930 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4931 | bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); } |
4932 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4933 | /** |
4934 | Begins using this font. | |
4935 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4936 | bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font); |
4937 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4938 | /** |
4939 | Ends using a font. | |
4940 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4941 | bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); } |
4942 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4943 | /** |
4944 | Begins using this colour. | |
4945 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4946 | bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour); |
4947 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4948 | /** |
4949 | Ends using a colour. | |
4950 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4951 | bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); } |
4952 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4953 | /** |
4954 | Begins using alignment. | |
4955 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4956 | bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment); |
4957 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4958 | /** |
4959 | Ends alignment. | |
4960 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4961 | bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); } |
4962 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4963 | /** |
4964 | Begins using @a leftIndent for the left indent, and optionally @a leftSubIndent for | |
4965 | the sub-indent. Both are expressed in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4966 | ||
4967 | The sub-indent is an offset from the left of the paragraph, and is used for all | |
4968 | but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will cause the first line to appear | |
4969 | to the left of the subsequent lines, and a negative value will cause the first line to be | |
4970 | indented relative to the subsequent lines. | |
4971 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4972 | bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0); |
4973 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4974 | /** |
4975 | Ends left indent. | |
4976 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4977 | bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); } |
4978 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4979 | /** |
4980 | Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4981 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4982 | bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent); |
4983 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4984 | /** |
4985 | Ends right indent. | |
4986 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4987 | bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); } |
4988 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4989 | /** |
4990 | Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing | |
4991 | in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4992 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4993 | bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after); |
4994 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4995 | /** |
4996 | Ends paragraph spacing. | |
4997 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
4998 | bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); } |
4999 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5000 | /** |
5001 | Begins line spacing using the specified value. @e spacing is a multiple, where | |
5002 | 10 means single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing. | |
5003 | ||
5004 | The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing enumeration values are defined for convenience. | |
5005 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5006 | bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing); |
5007 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5008 | /** |
5009 | Ends line spacing. | |
5010 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5011 | bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); } |
5012 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5013 | /** |
5014 | Begins numbered bullet. | |
5015 | ||
5016 | This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the | |
5017 | application should take care of incrementing the numbering. | |
5018 | ||
5019 | @a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1. | |
5020 | @a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre. | |
5021 | @a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the following values: | |
5022 | ||
5023 | wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item. | |
5024 | The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet. | |
5025 | The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts | |
5026 | at leftMargin + leftSubIndent. | |
5027 | So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the | |
5028 | left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent. | |
5029 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5030 | bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD); |
5031 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5032 | /** |
5033 | Ends numbered bullet. | |
5034 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5035 | bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); } |
5036 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5037 | /** |
5038 | Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font. | |
5039 | ||
5040 | See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used | |
5041 | to render the bulleted paragraph. | |
5042 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 5043 | bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL); |
5d7836c4 | 5044 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5045 | /** |
5046 | Ends symbol bullet. | |
5047 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5048 | bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); } |
5049 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5050 | /** |
5051 | Begins applying a standard bullet, using one of the standard bullet names | |
5052 | (currently @c standard/circle or @c standard/square. | |
5053 | ||
5054 | See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used to | |
5055 | render the bulleted paragraph. | |
5056 | */ | |
f089713f JS |
5057 | bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD); |
5058 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5059 | /** |
5060 | Ends standard bullet. | |
5061 | */ | |
f089713f JS |
5062 | bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); } |
5063 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5064 | /** |
5065 | Begins named character style. | |
5066 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5067 | bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle); |
5068 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5069 | /** |
5070 | Ends named character style. | |
5071 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5072 | bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); } |
5073 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5074 | /** |
5075 | Begins named paragraph style. | |
5076 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5077 | bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle); |
5078 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5079 | /** |
5080 | Ends named character style. | |
5081 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5082 | bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); } |
f089713f | 5083 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5084 | /** |
5085 | Begins named list style. | |
5086 | ||
5087 | Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number. | |
5088 | */ | |
f089713f JS |
5089 | bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1); |
5090 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5091 | /** |
5092 | Ends named character style. | |
5093 | */ | |
f089713f | 5094 | bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); } |
5d7836c4 | 5095 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5096 | /** |
5097 | Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content. | |
5098 | ||
5099 | Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common | |
5100 | to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining. | |
5101 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5102 | bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString); |
5103 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5104 | /** |
5105 | Ends URL. | |
5106 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5107 | bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); } |
5108 | ||
5109 | // Event handling | |
5110 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5111 | /** |
5112 | Adds an event handler. | |
5113 | ||
5114 | A buffer associated with a control has the control as the only event handler, | |
5115 | but the application is free to add more if further notification is required. | |
5116 | All handlers are notified of an event originating from the buffer, such as | |
5117 | the replacement of a style sheet during loading. | |
5118 | ||
5119 | The buffer never deletes any of the event handlers, unless RemoveEventHandler() | |
5120 | is called with @true as the second argument. | |
5121 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5122 | bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler); |
5123 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5124 | /** |
5125 | Removes an event handler from the buffer's list of handlers, deleting the | |
5126 | object if @a deleteHandler is @true. | |
5127 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5128 | bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false); |
5129 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5130 | /** |
5131 | Clear event handlers. | |
5132 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5133 | void ClearEventHandlers(); |
5134 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5135 | /** |
5136 | Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers, | |
5137 | otherwise will stop at the first successful one. | |
5138 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5139 | bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true); |
5140 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5141 | // Implementation |
5142 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5143 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
603f702b | 5144 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5145 | /** |
5146 | Copies the buffer. | |
5147 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5148 | void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj); |
5d7836c4 | 5149 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5150 | /** |
5151 | Assignment operator. | |
5152 | */ | |
bec80f4f JS |
5153 | void operator= (const wxRichTextBuffer& obj) { Copy(obj); } |
5154 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5155 | /** |
5156 | Clones the buffer. | |
5157 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5158 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); } |
5159 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5160 | /** |
5161 | Submits a command to insert paragraphs. | |
5162 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
5163 | bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
5164 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5165 | /** |
5166 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
5167 | */ | |
fe5aa22c | 5168 | bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 5169 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5170 | /** |
5171 | Submits a command to insert a newline. | |
5172 | */ | |
fe5aa22c | 5173 | bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
5d7836c4 | 5174 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5175 | /** |
5176 | Submits a command to insert the given image. | |
5177 | */ | |
24777478 JS |
5178 | bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0, |
5179 | const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
cdaed652 | 5180 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5181 | /** |
5182 | Submits a command to insert an object. | |
5183 | */ | |
603f702b | 5184 | wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags); |
5d7836c4 | 5185 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5186 | /** |
5187 | Submits a command to delete this range. | |
5188 | */ | |
12cc29c5 | 5189 | bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl); |
5d7836c4 | 5190 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5191 | /** |
5192 | Mark modified. | |
5193 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5194 | void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5195 | |
5196 | /** | |
5197 | Returns @true if the buffer was modified. | |
5198 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5199 | bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; } |
5200 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5201 | //@{ |
5202 | /** | |
5203 | Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes. | |
5204 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5205 | virtual void Dump(); |
5206 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); } | |
7afd2b58 | 5207 | //@} |
5d7836c4 | 5208 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5209 | /** |
5210 | Returns the file handlers. | |
5211 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5212 | static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } |
5213 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5214 | /** |
5215 | Adds a file handler to the end. | |
5216 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5217 | static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler); |
5218 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5219 | /** |
5220 | Inserts a file handler at the front. | |
5221 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5222 | static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler); |
5223 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5224 | /** |
5225 | Removes a file handler. | |
5226 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5227 | static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name); |
5228 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5229 | /** |
5230 | Finds a file handler by name. | |
5231 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5232 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name); |
5233 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5234 | /** |
5235 | Finds a file handler by extension and type. | |
5236 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 5237 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 5238 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5239 | /** |
5240 | Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type. | |
5241 | */ | |
d75a69e8 FM |
5242 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename, |
5243 | wxRichTextFileType imageType); | |
5d7836c4 | 5244 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5245 | /** |
5246 | Finds a handler by type. | |
5247 | */ | |
d75a69e8 | 5248 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType imageType); |
5d7836c4 | 5249 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5250 | /** |
5251 | Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If @a types is present, | |
5252 | it will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be | |
5253 | used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter. | |
5254 | */ | |
1e967276 | 5255 | static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL); |
5d7836c4 | 5256 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5257 | /** |
5258 | Clean up file handlers. | |
5259 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5260 | static void CleanUpHandlers(); |
5261 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5262 | /** |
5263 | Initialise the standard file handlers. | |
5264 | Currently, only the plain text loading/saving handler is initialised by default. | |
5265 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5266 | static void InitStandardHandlers(); |
5267 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
5268 | /** |
5269 | Returns the drawing handlers. | |
5270 | */ | |
5271 | static wxList& GetDrawingHandlers() { return sm_drawingHandlers; } | |
5272 | ||
5273 | /** | |
5274 | Adds a drawing handler to the end. | |
5275 | */ | |
5276 | static void AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler); | |
5277 | ||
5278 | /** | |
5279 | Inserts a drawing handler at the front. | |
5280 | */ | |
5281 | static void InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler); | |
5282 | ||
5283 | /** | |
5284 | Removes a drawing handler. | |
5285 | */ | |
5286 | static bool RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5287 | ||
5288 | /** | |
5289 | Finds a drawing handler by name. | |
5290 | */ | |
5291 | static wxRichTextDrawingHandler *FindDrawingHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5292 | ||
5293 | /** | |
5294 | Clean up drawing handlers. | |
5295 | */ | |
5296 | static void CleanUpDrawingHandlers(); | |
5297 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
5298 | /** |
5299 | Returns the field types. | |
5300 | */ | |
5301 | static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap& GetFieldTypes() { return sm_fieldTypes; } | |
5302 | ||
5303 | /** | |
5304 | Adds a field type. | |
5305 | ||
5306 | @see RemoveFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5307 | ||
5308 | */ | |
5309 | static void AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType *fieldType); | |
5310 | ||
5311 | /** | |
5312 | Removes a field type by name. | |
5313 | ||
5314 | @see AddFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5315 | */ | |
5316 | static bool RemoveFieldType(const wxString& name); | |
5317 | ||
5318 | /** | |
5319 | Finds a field type by name. | |
5320 | ||
5321 | @see RemoveFieldType(), AddFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5322 | */ | |
5323 | static wxRichTextFieldType *FindFieldType(const wxString& name); | |
5324 | ||
5325 | /** | |
5326 | Cleans up field types. | |
5327 | */ | |
5328 | static void CleanUpFieldTypes(); | |
5329 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5330 | /** |
5331 | Returns the renderer object. | |
5332 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5333 | static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; } |
5334 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5335 | /** |
5336 | Sets @a renderer as the object to be used to render certain aspects of the | |
5337 | content, such as bullets. | |
5338 | ||
5339 | You can override default rendering by deriving a new class from | |
5340 | wxRichTextRenderer or wxRichTextStdRenderer, overriding one or more | |
5341 | virtual functions, and setting an instance of the class using this function. | |
5342 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5343 | static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer); |
5344 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5345 | /** |
5346 | Returns the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm. | |
5347 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 5348 | static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5349 | |
5350 | /** | |
5351 | Sets the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm. | |
5352 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
5353 | static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; } |
5354 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5355 | /** |
5356 | Returns the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size. | |
5357 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 5358 | static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5359 | |
5360 | /** | |
5361 | Sets the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size. | |
5362 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 5363 | static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; } |
44219ff0 | 5364 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5365 | /** |
5366 | Returns the scale factor for calculating dimensions. | |
5367 | */ | |
44219ff0 | 5368 | double GetScale() const { return m_scale; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5369 | |
5370 | /** | |
5371 | Sets the scale factor for calculating dimensions. | |
5372 | */ | |
44219ff0 JS |
5373 | void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; } |
5374 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5375 | protected: |
5376 | ||
5377 | /// Command processor | |
5378 | wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor; | |
5379 | ||
44cc96a8 JS |
5380 | /// Table storing fonts |
5381 | wxRichTextFontTable m_fontTable; | |
5382 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5383 | /// Has been modified? |
5384 | bool m_modified; | |
5385 | ||
5386 | /// Collapsed command stack | |
5387 | int m_batchedCommandDepth; | |
5388 | ||
5389 | /// Name for collapsed command | |
5390 | wxString m_batchedCommandsName; | |
5391 | ||
5392 | /// Current collapsed command accumulating actions | |
5393 | wxRichTextCommand* m_batchedCommand; | |
5394 | ||
5395 | /// Whether to suppress undo | |
5396 | int m_suppressUndo; | |
5397 | ||
5398 | /// Style sheet, if any | |
5399 | wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_styleSheet; | |
5400 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5401 | /// List of event handlers that will be notified of events |
5402 | wxList m_eventHandlers; | |
5403 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5404 | /// Stack of attributes for convenience functions |
5405 | wxList m_attributeStack; | |
5406 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5407 | /// Flags to be passed to handlers |
5408 | int m_handlerFlags; | |
5409 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5410 | /// File handlers |
5411 | static wxList sm_handlers; | |
d2d0adc7 | 5412 | |
8db2e3ef JS |
5413 | /// Drawing handlers |
5414 | static wxList sm_drawingHandlers; | |
5415 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
5416 | /// Field types |
5417 | static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap sm_fieldTypes; | |
5418 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5419 | /// Renderer |
5420 | static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer; | |
5421 | ||
5422 | /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm | |
5423 | static int sm_bulletRightMargin; | |
5424 | ||
5425 | /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size | |
5426 | static float sm_bulletProportion; | |
44219ff0 JS |
5427 | |
5428 | /// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing | |
5429 | double m_scale; | |
32423dd8 JS |
5430 | |
5431 | /// Font scale for adjusting the text size when editing | |
5432 | double m_fontScale; | |
5433 | ||
5434 | /// Dimension scale for reducing redundant whitespace when editing | |
5435 | double m_dimensionScale; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5436 | }; |
5437 | ||
603f702b JS |
5438 | /** |
5439 | @class wxRichTextCell | |
5440 | ||
5441 | wxRichTextCell is the cell in a table. | |
5442 | */ | |
5443 | ||
5444 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCell: public wxRichTextBox | |
5445 | { | |
5446 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell) | |
5447 | public: | |
5448 | // Constructors | |
5449 | ||
5450 | /** | |
5451 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
5452 | */ | |
5453 | ||
5454 | wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
5455 | ||
5456 | /** | |
5457 | Copy constructor. | |
5458 | */ | |
5459 | ||
5460 | wxRichTextCell(const wxRichTextCell& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
5461 | ||
d13b34d3 | 5462 | // Overridables |
603f702b | 5463 | |
8db2e3ef | 5464 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
603f702b | 5465 | |
603f702b JS |
5466 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("cell"); } |
5467 | ||
603f702b JS |
5468 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
5469 | ||
603f702b JS |
5470 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
5471 | ||
603f702b JS |
5472 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Cell"); } |
5473 | ||
5474 | // Accessors | |
5475 | ||
5476 | // Operations | |
5477 | ||
603f702b JS |
5478 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCell(*this); } |
5479 | ||
603f702b JS |
5480 | void Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj); |
5481 | ||
5482 | protected: | |
5483 | }; | |
5484 | ||
5485 | /** | |
5486 | @class wxRichTextTable | |
5487 | ||
5488 | wxRichTextTable represents a table with arbitrary columns and rows. | |
5489 | */ | |
5490 | ||
5491 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxRichTextObject*, wxRichTextObjectPtrArray); | |
5492 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray, wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray); | |
5493 | ||
5494 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTable: public wxRichTextBox | |
5495 | { | |
5496 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable) | |
5497 | public: | |
5498 | ||
5499 | // Constructors | |
5500 | ||
5501 | /** | |
5502 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
5503 | */ | |
5504 | ||
5505 | wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
5506 | ||
5507 | /** | |
5508 | Copy constructor. | |
5509 | */ | |
5510 | ||
5511 | wxRichTextTable(const wxRichTextTable& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
5512 | ||
d13b34d3 | 5513 | // Overridables |
603f702b | 5514 | |
8db2e3ef | 5515 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
603f702b | 5516 | |
603f702b JS |
5517 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("table"); } |
5518 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5519 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
603f702b | 5520 | |
8db2e3ef | 5521 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, wxPoint position = wxPoint(0,0), wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
603f702b | 5522 | |
603f702b JS |
5523 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
5524 | ||
603f702b JS |
5525 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
5526 | ||
5527 | #if wxUSE_XML | |
603f702b JS |
5528 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
5529 | #endif | |
5530 | ||
5531 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
603f702b JS |
5532 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
5533 | #endif | |
5534 | ||
5535 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
603f702b JS |
5536 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); |
5537 | #endif | |
5538 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5539 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
603f702b | 5540 | |
603f702b JS |
5541 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
5542 | ||
b3169c12 | 5543 | // Can this object handle the selections of its children? FOr example, a table. |
603f702b JS |
5544 | virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return true; } |
5545 | ||
5546 | /// Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions. | |
5547 | /// For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table. | |
5548 | virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const; | |
5549 | ||
603f702b JS |
5550 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } |
5551 | ||
603f702b JS |
5552 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
5553 | ||
603f702b JS |
5554 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Table"); } |
5555 | ||
b3169c12 JS |
5556 | // Returns true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject |
5557 | // is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus, | |
5558 | // but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead). | |
603f702b JS |
5559 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } |
5560 | ||
5561 | // Accessors | |
5562 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5563 | /** |
5564 | Returns the cells array. | |
5565 | */ | |
603f702b | 5566 | const wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() const { return m_cells; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5567 | |
5568 | /** | |
5569 | Returns the cells array. | |
5570 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5571 | wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() { return m_cells; } |
5572 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5573 | /** |
5574 | Returns the row count. | |
5575 | */ | |
603f702b | 5576 | int GetRowCount() const { return m_rowCount; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5577 | |
5578 | /** | |
5579 | Returns the column count. | |
5580 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5581 | int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; } |
5582 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5583 | /** |
5584 | Returns the cell at the given row/column position. | |
5585 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5586 | virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(int row, int col) const; |
5587 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5588 | /** |
5589 | Returns the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table). | |
5590 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5591 | virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(long pos) const; |
5592 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5593 | /** |
5594 | Returns the row/column for a given character position. | |
5595 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5596 | virtual bool GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const; |
5597 | ||
5598 | // Operations | |
5599 | ||
5600 | /** | |
5601 | Clears the table. | |
5602 | */ | |
5603 | ||
5604 | virtual void ClearTable(); | |
5605 | ||
5606 | /** | |
5607 | Creates a table of the given dimensions. | |
5608 | */ | |
5609 | ||
5610 | virtual bool CreateTable(int rows, int cols); | |
5611 | ||
5612 | /** | |
5613 | Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection. | |
5614 | */ | |
5615 | ||
5616 | virtual bool SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); | |
5617 | ||
5618 | /** | |
5619 | Deletes rows from the given row position. | |
5620 | */ | |
5621 | ||
5622 | virtual bool DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1); | |
5623 | ||
5624 | /** | |
5625 | Deletes columns from the given column position. | |
5626 | */ | |
5627 | ||
5628 | virtual bool DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1); | |
5629 | ||
5630 | /** | |
5631 | Adds rows from the given row position. | |
5632 | */ | |
5633 | ||
5634 | virtual bool AddRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
5635 | ||
5636 | /** | |
5637 | Adds columns from the given column position. | |
5638 | */ | |
5639 | ||
5640 | virtual bool AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
5641 | ||
5642 | // Makes a clone of this object. | |
5643 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextTable(*this); } | |
5644 | ||
5645 | // Copies this object. | |
5646 | void Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj); | |
5647 | ||
5648 | protected: | |
5649 | ||
5650 | int m_rowCount; | |
5651 | int m_colCount; | |
5652 | ||
5653 | // An array of rows, each of which is a wxRichTextObjectPtrArray containing | |
5654 | // the cell objects. The cell objects are also children of this object. | |
5655 | // Problem: if boxes are immediate children of a box, this will cause problems | |
5656 | // with wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functions (and functions elsewhere) that | |
5657 | // expect to find just paragraphs. May have to adjust the way we handle the | |
d13b34d3 | 5658 | // hierarchy to accept non-paragraph objects in a paragraph layout box. |
603f702b JS |
5659 | // We'll be overriding much wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functionality so this |
5660 | // may not be such a problem. Perhaps the table should derive from a different | |
5661 | // class? | |
5662 | wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray m_cells; | |
5663 | }; | |
5664 | ||
5665 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5666 | /** |
5667 | The command identifiers for Do/Undo. | |
5668 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5669 | |
5670 | enum wxRichTextCommandId | |
5671 | { | |
5672 | wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, | |
5673 | wxRICHTEXT_DELETE, | |
603f702b JS |
5674 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES, |
5675 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, | |
590a0f8b | 5676 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES, |
603f702b JS |
5677 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT |
5678 | }; | |
5679 | ||
706465df JS |
5680 | /** |
5681 | @class wxRichTextObjectAddress | |
5682 | ||
5683 | A class for specifying an object anywhere in an object hierarchy, | |
5684 | without using a pointer, necessary since wxRTC commands may delete | |
5685 | and recreate sub-objects so physical object addresses change. An array | |
5686 | of positions (one per hierarchy level) is used. | |
5687 | ||
5688 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5689 | @category{richtext} | |
5690 | ||
5691 | @see wxRichTextCommand | |
5692 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5693 | |
5694 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectAddress | |
5695 | { | |
5696 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5697 | /** |
5698 | Creates the address given a container and an object. | |
5699 | */ | |
603f702b | 5700 | wxRichTextObjectAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj) { Create(topLevelContainer, obj); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5701 | /** |
5702 | */ | |
603f702b | 5703 | wxRichTextObjectAddress() { Init(); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5704 | /** |
5705 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5706 | wxRichTextObjectAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); } |
5707 | ||
5708 | void Init() {} | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5709 | |
5710 | /** | |
5711 | Copies the address. | |
5712 | */ | |
603f702b | 5713 | void Copy(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_address = address.m_address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5714 | |
5715 | /** | |
5716 | Assignment operator. | |
5717 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5718 | void operator=(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); } |
5719 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5720 | /** |
5721 | Returns the object specified by the address, given a top level container. | |
5722 | */ | |
603f702b | 5723 | wxRichTextObject* GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
5724 | |
5725 | /** | |
5726 | Creates the address given a container and an object. | |
5727 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5728 | bool Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj); |
5729 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5730 | /** |
5731 | Returns the array of integers representing the object address. | |
5732 | */ | |
603f702b | 5733 | wxArrayInt& GetAddress() { return m_address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5734 | |
5735 | /** | |
5736 | Returns the array of integers representing the object address. | |
5737 | */ | |
603f702b | 5738 | const wxArrayInt& GetAddress() const { return m_address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5739 | |
5740 | /** | |
5741 | Sets the address from an array of integers. | |
5742 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5743 | void SetAddress(const wxArrayInt& address) { m_address = address; } |
5744 | ||
5745 | protected: | |
5746 | ||
5747 | wxArrayInt m_address; | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5748 | }; |
5749 | ||
b5dbe15d | 5750 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction; |
706465df JS |
5751 | |
5752 | /** | |
5753 | @class wxRichTextCommand | |
5754 | ||
5755 | Implements a command on the undo/redo stack. A wxRichTextCommand object contains one or more wxRichTextAction | |
5756 | objects, allowing aggregation of a number of operations into one command. | |
5757 | ||
5758 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5759 | @category{richtext} | |
5760 | ||
5761 | @see wxRichTextAction | |
5762 | */ | |
5763 | ||
3b2cb431 | 5764 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand |
5d7836c4 JS |
5765 | { |
5766 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5767 | /** |
5768 | Constructor for one action. | |
5769 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5770 | wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, |
603f702b | 5771 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false); |
5d7836c4 | 5772 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5773 | /** |
5774 | Constructor for multiple actions. | |
5775 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5776 | wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name); |
5777 | ||
d3c7fc99 | 5778 | virtual ~wxRichTextCommand(); |
5d7836c4 | 5779 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5780 | /** |
5781 | Performs the command. | |
5782 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5783 | bool Do(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5784 | |
5785 | /** | |
5786 | Undoes the command. | |
5787 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5788 | bool Undo(); |
5789 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5790 | /** |
5791 | Adds an action to the action list. | |
5792 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5793 | void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5794 | |
5795 | /** | |
5796 | Clears the action list. | |
5797 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5798 | void ClearActions(); |
5799 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5800 | /** |
5801 | Returns the action list. | |
5802 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5803 | wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; } |
5804 | ||
5805 | protected: | |
5806 | ||
5807 | wxList m_actions; | |
5808 | }; | |
5809 | ||
706465df JS |
5810 | /** |
5811 | @class wxRichTextAction | |
5812 | ||
5813 | Implements a part of a command. | |
5814 | ||
5815 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5816 | @category{richtext} | |
5817 | ||
5818 | @see wxRichTextCommand | |
5819 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5820 | |
3b2cb431 | 5821 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
5822 | { |
5823 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5824 | /** |
5825 | Constructor. @a buffer is the top-level buffer, while @a container is the object within | |
5826 | which the action is taking place. In the simplest case, they are the same. | |
5827 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5828 | wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, |
5829 | wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, | |
7fe8059f | 5830 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false); |
5d7836c4 | 5831 | |
d3c7fc99 | 5832 | virtual ~wxRichTextAction(); |
5d7836c4 | 5833 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5834 | /** |
5835 | Performs the action. | |
5836 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5837 | bool Do(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5838 | |
5839 | /** | |
5840 | Undoes the action. | |
5841 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5842 | bool Undo(); |
5843 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5844 | /** |
5845 | Updates the control appearance, optimizing if possible given information from the call to Layout. | |
5846 | */ | |
ea160b2e | 5847 | void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false, |
7051fa41 | 5848 | wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL, bool isDoCmd = true); |
5d7836c4 | 5849 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5850 | /** |
5851 | Replaces the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment. | |
5852 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5853 | void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); |
5d7836c4 | 5854 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5855 | /** |
5856 | Returns the new fragments. | |
5857 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5858 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5859 | |
5860 | /** | |
5861 | Returns the old fragments. | |
5862 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 5863 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; } |
5d7836c4 | 5864 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5865 | /** |
5866 | Returns the attributes, for single-object commands. | |
5867 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5868 | wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; } |
5869 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5870 | /** |
5871 | Returns the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address | |
5872 | and the action's range start position. | |
5873 | */ | |
603f702b | 5874 | wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5875 | |
5876 | /** | |
5877 | Sets the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address | |
5878 | and the action's range start position. | |
5879 | */ | |
603f702b | 5880 | void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, m_object); } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5881 | |
5882 | /** | |
5883 | Makes an address from the given object. | |
5884 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5885 | void MakeObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, obj); } |
5886 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5887 | /** |
5888 | Calculate arrays for refresh optimization. | |
5889 | */ | |
7051fa41 JS |
5890 | void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions); |
5891 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5892 | /** |
5893 | Sets the position used for e.g. insertion. | |
5894 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5895 | void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5896 | |
5897 | /** | |
5898 | Returns the position used for e.g. insertion. | |
5899 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5900 | long GetPosition() const { return m_position; } |
5901 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5902 | /** |
5903 | Sets the range for e.g. deletion. | |
5904 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 5905 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5906 | |
5907 | /** | |
5908 | Returns the range for e.g. deletion. | |
5909 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5910 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } |
5911 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5912 | /** |
5913 | Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5914 | */ | |
603f702b | 5915 | wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() { return m_containerAddress; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5916 | |
5917 | /** | |
5918 | Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5919 | */ | |
603f702b | 5920 | const wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() const { return m_containerAddress; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5921 | |
5922 | /** | |
5923 | Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5924 | */ | |
603f702b | 5925 | void SetContainerAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_containerAddress = address; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
5926 | |
5927 | /** | |
5928 | Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. | |
5929 | */ | |
603f702b JS |
5930 | void SetContainerAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_containerAddress.Create(container, obj); } |
5931 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5932 | /** |
5933 | Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer. | |
5934 | */ | |
603f702b | 5935 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
5936 | |
5937 | /** | |
5938 | Returns the action name. | |
5939 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
5940 | const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } |
5941 | ||
5942 | protected: | |
5943 | // Action name | |
5944 | wxString m_name; | |
5945 | ||
5946 | // Buffer | |
5947 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer; | |
5948 | ||
603f702b JS |
5949 | // The address (nested position) of the container being manipulated. |
5950 | // This is necessary because objects are deleted, and we can't | |
5951 | // therefore store actual pointers. | |
5952 | wxRichTextObjectAddress m_containerAddress; | |
5953 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5954 | // Control |
5955 | wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl; | |
5956 | ||
5957 | // Stores the new paragraphs | |
0ca07313 | 5958 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_newParagraphs; |
5d7836c4 JS |
5959 | |
5960 | // Stores the old paragraphs | |
0ca07313 | 5961 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_oldParagraphs; |
5d7836c4 | 5962 | |
603f702b JS |
5963 | // Stores an object to replace the one at the position |
5964 | // defined by the container address and the action's range start position. | |
5965 | wxRichTextObject* m_object; | |
5966 | ||
5967 | // Stores the attributes | |
5968 | wxRichTextAttr m_attributes; | |
5969 | ||
5970 | // The address of the object being manipulated (used for changing an individual object or its attributes) | |
5971 | wxRichTextObjectAddress m_objectAddress; | |
5972 | ||
5973 | // Stores the old attributes | |
5974 | // wxRichTextAttr m_oldAttributes; | |
5975 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
5976 | // The affected range |
5977 | wxRichTextRange m_range; | |
5978 | ||
5979 | // The insertion point for this command | |
5980 | long m_position; | |
5981 | ||
5982 | // Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it | |
5983 | bool m_ignoreThis; | |
5984 | ||
5985 | // The command identifier | |
5986 | wxRichTextCommandId m_cmdId; | |
5987 | }; | |
5988 | ||
d2d0adc7 JS |
5989 | /*! |
5990 | * Handler flags | |
5991 | */ | |
5992 | ||
5993 | // Include style sheet when loading and saving | |
5994 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET 0x0001 | |
5995 | ||
5996 | // Save images to memory file system in HTML handler | |
5997 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY 0x0010 | |
5998 | ||
5999 | // Save images to files in HTML handler | |
6000 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES 0x0020 | |
6001 | ||
6002 | // Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler | |
6003 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64 0x0040 | |
6004 | ||
b774c698 JS |
6005 | // Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment |
6006 | // in a larger document | |
6007 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER 0x0080 | |
6008 | ||
a2beab22 JS |
6009 | // Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform |
6010 | // in a larger document | |
6011 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES 0x0100 | |
6012 | ||
706465df JS |
6013 | /** |
6014 | @class wxRichTextFileHandler | |
6015 | ||
6016 | The base class for file handlers. | |
6017 | ||
6018 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6019 | @category{richtext} | |
6020 | ||
6021 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6022 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6023 | |
3b2cb431 | 6024 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject |
5d7836c4 JS |
6025 | { |
6026 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler) | |
6027 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6028 | /** |
6029 | Creates a file handler object. | |
6030 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6031 | wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0) |
d8dd214c | 6032 | : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true) |
5d7836c4 JS |
6033 | { } |
6034 | ||
6035 | #if wxUSE_STREAMS | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6036 | /** |
6037 | Loads the buffer from a stream. | |
6038 | Not all handlers will implement file loading. | |
6039 | */ | |
7fe8059f WS |
6040 | bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) |
6041 | { return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); } | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6042 | |
6043 | /** | |
6044 | Saves the buffer to a stream. | |
6045 | Not all handlers will implement file saving. | |
6046 | */ | |
7fe8059f WS |
6047 | bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) |
6048 | { return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); } | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6049 | #endif |
6050 | ||
a9b9495b | 6051 | #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS |
7afd2b58 JS |
6052 | /** |
6053 | Loads the buffer from a file. | |
6054 | */ | |
fe8b0361 | 6055 | virtual bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6056 | |
6057 | /** | |
6058 | Saves the buffer to a file. | |
6059 | */ | |
fe8b0361 | 6060 | virtual bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename); |
a9b9495b | 6061 | #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STREAMS |
5d7836c4 | 6062 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6063 | /** |
6064 | Returns @true if we handle this filename (if using files). By default, checks the extension. | |
6065 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6066 | virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const; |
6067 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6068 | /** |
6069 | Returns @true if we can save using this handler. | |
6070 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6071 | virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; } |
6072 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6073 | /** |
6074 | Returns @true if we can load using this handler. | |
6075 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6076 | virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; } |
6077 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6078 | /** |
6079 | Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user. | |
6080 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6081 | virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6082 | |
6083 | /** | |
6084 | Sets whether the handler should be visible to the user (via the application's | |
6085 | load and save dialogs). | |
6086 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6087 | virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; } |
6088 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6089 | /** |
7c9fdebe | 6090 | Sets the name of the handler. |
7afd2b58 | 6091 | */ |
5d7836c4 | 6092 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6093 | |
6094 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6095 | Returns the name of the handler. |
7afd2b58 | 6096 | */ |
5d7836c4 JS |
6097 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } |
6098 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6099 | /** |
6100 | Sets the default extension to recognise. | |
6101 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6102 | void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6103 | |
6104 | /** | |
6105 | Returns the default extension to recognise. | |
6106 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6107 | wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; } |
6108 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6109 | /** |
6110 | Sets the handler type. | |
6111 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6112 | void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6113 | |
6114 | /** | |
6115 | Returns the handler type. | |
6116 | */ | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6117 | int GetType() const { return m_type; } |
6118 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6119 | /** |
6120 | Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving. | |
6121 | See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are relevant | |
6122 | for each handler. | |
6123 | ||
6124 | You call this function directly if you are using a file handler explicitly | |
6125 | (without going through the text control or buffer LoadFile/SaveFile API). | |
6126 | Or, you can call the control or buffer's SetHandlerFlags function to set | |
6127 | the flags that will be used for subsequent load and save operations. | |
6128 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 | 6129 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6130 | |
6131 | /** | |
6132 | Returns flags controlling how loading and saving is done. | |
6133 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6134 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
6135 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6136 | /** |
6137 | Sets the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen. | |
6138 | */ | |
b71e9aa4 | 6139 | void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; } |
7afd2b58 JS |
6140 | |
6141 | /** | |
6142 | Returns the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen. | |
6143 | */ | |
b71e9aa4 JS |
6144 | const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; } |
6145 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6146 | protected: |
6147 | ||
7fe8059f | 6148 | #if wxUSE_STREAMS |
7afd2b58 JS |
6149 | /** |
6150 | Override to load content from @a stream into @a buffer. | |
6151 | */ | |
7fe8059f | 6152 | virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0; |
7afd2b58 JS |
6153 | |
6154 | /** | |
6155 | Override to save content to @a stream from @a buffer. | |
6156 | */ | |
7fe8059f WS |
6157 | virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0; |
6158 | #endif | |
6159 | ||
5d7836c4 | 6160 | wxString m_name; |
b71e9aa4 | 6161 | wxString m_encoding; |
5d7836c4 JS |
6162 | wxString m_extension; |
6163 | int m_type; | |
d2d0adc7 | 6164 | int m_flags; |
5d7836c4 JS |
6165 | bool m_visible; |
6166 | }; | |
6167 | ||
706465df JS |
6168 | /** |
6169 | @class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler | |
6170 | ||
6171 | Implements saving a buffer to plain text. | |
6172 | ||
6173 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6174 | @category{richtext} | |
6175 | ||
6176 | @see wxRichTextFileHandler, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6177 | */ | |
5d7836c4 | 6178 | |
3b2cb431 | 6179 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler |
5d7836c4 JS |
6180 | { |
6181 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler) | |
6182 | public: | |
d75a69e8 FM |
6183 | wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("Text"), |
6184 | const wxString& ext = wxT("txt"), | |
6185 | wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT) | |
5d7836c4 JS |
6186 | : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type) |
6187 | { } | |
6188 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6189 | // Can we save using this handler? |
5d7836c4 JS |
6190 | virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; } |
6191 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6192 | // Can we load using this handler? |
5d7836c4 JS |
6193 | virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; } |
6194 | ||
6195 | protected: | |
6196 | ||
7fe8059f WS |
6197 | #if wxUSE_STREAMS |
6198 | virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream); | |
6199 | virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream); | |
6200 | #endif | |
6201 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6202 | }; |
6203 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
6204 | /** |
6205 | @class wxRichTextDrawingHandler | |
6206 | ||
6207 | The base class for custom drawing handlers. | |
7c9fdebe | 6208 | Currently, drawing handlers can provide virtual attributes. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6209 | |
6210 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6211 | @category{richtext} | |
6212 | ||
6213 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6214 | */ | |
6215 | ||
6216 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler: public wxObject | |
6217 | { | |
6218 | DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingHandler) | |
6219 | public: | |
6220 | /** | |
6221 | Creates a drawing handler object. | |
6222 | */ | |
6223 | wxRichTextDrawingHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) | |
6224 | : m_name(name) | |
6225 | { } | |
6226 | ||
6227 | /** | |
6228 | Returns @true if this object has virtual attributes that we can provide. | |
6229 | */ | |
6230 | virtual bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0; | |
6231 | ||
6232 | /** | |
6233 | Provides virtual attributes that we can provide. | |
6234 | */ | |
6235 | virtual bool GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0; | |
6236 | ||
6237 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6238 | Sets the name of the handler. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6239 | */ |
6240 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } | |
6241 | ||
6242 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6243 | Returns the name of the handler. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6244 | */ |
6245 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } | |
6246 | ||
6247 | protected: | |
6248 | ||
6249 | wxString m_name; | |
6250 | }; | |
6251 | ||
0ca07313 JS |
6252 | #if wxUSE_DATAOBJ |
6253 | ||
706465df JS |
6254 | /** |
6255 | @class wxRichTextBufferDataObject | |
6256 | ||
6257 | Implements a rich text data object for clipboard transfer. | |
6258 | ||
6259 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6260 | @category{richtext} | |
6261 | ||
6262 | @see wxDataObjectSimple, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6263 | */ | |
0ca07313 | 6264 | |
d2d0adc7 | 6265 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple |
0ca07313 JS |
6266 | { |
6267 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6268 | /** |
6269 | The constructor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object | |
6270 | is alive. | |
6271 | */ | |
d3b9f782 | 6272 | wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = NULL); |
0ca07313 JS |
6273 | virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject(); |
6274 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6275 | /** |
6276 | After a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it | |
6277 | is responsible for deleting it. | |
6278 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
6279 | wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer(); |
6280 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6281 | /** |
6282 | Returns the id for the new data format. | |
6283 | */ | |
0ca07313 JS |
6284 | static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; } |
6285 | ||
6286 | // base class pure virtuals | |
6287 | ||
6288 | virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const; | |
6289 | virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; | |
6290 | virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const; | |
6291 | virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); | |
6292 | ||
6293 | // prevent warnings | |
6294 | ||
6295 | virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const { return GetDataSize(); } | |
6296 | virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(buf); } | |
6297 | virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(len, buf); } | |
6298 | ||
6299 | private: | |
6300 | wxDataFormat m_formatRichTextBuffer; // our custom format | |
6301 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBuffer; // our data | |
6302 | static const wxChar* ms_richTextBufferFormatId; // our format id | |
6303 | }; | |
6304 | ||
6305 | #endif | |
6306 | ||
706465df JS |
6307 | /** |
6308 | @class wxRichTextRenderer | |
6309 | ||
6310 | This class isolates some common drawing functionality. | |
6311 | ||
6312 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6313 | @category{richtext} | |
6314 | ||
6315 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6316 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6317 | |
6318 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject | |
6319 | { | |
6320 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6321 | /** |
6322 | Constructor. | |
6323 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6324 | wxRichTextRenderer() {} |
6325 | virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {} | |
6326 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6327 | /** |
6328 | Draws a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden. | |
6329 | */ | |
24777478 | 6330 | virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0; |
d2d0adc7 | 6331 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6332 | /** |
6333 | Draws a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets. This function should be overridden. | |
6334 | */ | |
24777478 | 6335 | virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0; |
d2d0adc7 | 6336 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6337 | /** |
6338 | Draws a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden. | |
6339 | */ | |
24777478 | 6340 | virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0; |
d2d0adc7 | 6341 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6342 | /** |
6343 | Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported. This function should be overridden. | |
6344 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6345 | virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0; |
6346 | }; | |
6347 | ||
706465df JS |
6348 | /** |
6349 | @class wxRichTextStdRenderer | |
6350 | ||
6351 | The standard renderer for drawing bullets. | |
6352 | ||
6353 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6354 | @category{richtext} | |
6355 | ||
6356 | @see wxRichTextRenderer, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6357 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6358 | |
6359 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer | |
6360 | { | |
6361 | public: | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6362 | /** |
6363 | Constructor. | |
6364 | */ | |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6365 | wxRichTextStdRenderer() {} |
6366 | ||
7afd2b58 | 6367 | // Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName |
24777478 | 6368 | virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect); |
d2d0adc7 | 6369 | |
7afd2b58 | 6370 | // Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets |
24777478 | 6371 | virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text); |
d2d0adc7 | 6372 | |
7afd2b58 | 6373 | // Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName |
24777478 | 6374 | virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect); |
d2d0adc7 | 6375 | |
7afd2b58 | 6376 | // Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported |
d2d0adc7 JS |
6377 | virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames); |
6378 | }; | |
6379 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6380 | /*! |
6381 | * Utilities | |
6382 | * | |
6383 | */ | |
6384 | ||
6385 | inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style) | |
6386 | { | |
6387 | return ((flags & style) == style); | |
6388 | } | |
6389 | ||
6390 | /// Compare two attribute objects | |
24777478 JS |
6391 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2); |
6392 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2); | |
5d7836c4 | 6393 | |
5d7836c4 | 6394 | /// Apply one style to another |
24777478 | 6395 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL); |
59509217 | 6396 | |
aeb6ebe2 | 6397 | // Remove attributes |
24777478 | 6398 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style); |
aeb6ebe2 | 6399 | |
42688aea JS |
6400 | /// Combine two bitlists |
6401 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB); | |
6402 | ||
6403 | /// Compare two bitlists | |
6404 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags); | |
6405 | ||
4f32b3cf | 6406 | /// Split into paragraph and character styles |
24777478 | 6407 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle); |
4f32b3cf | 6408 | |
59509217 | 6409 | /// Compare tabs |
d2d0adc7 | 6410 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2); |
59509217 | 6411 | |
59509217 | 6412 | /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals |
d2d0adc7 | 6413 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n); |
f1d6804f | 6414 | |
24777478 JS |
6415 | // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of |
6416 | // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
6417 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr); | |
6418 | ||
f1d6804f RD |
6419 | WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxRichTextModuleInit(); |
6420 | ||
5d7836c4 JS |
6421 | #endif |
6422 | // wxUSE_RICHTEXT | |
6423 | ||
6424 | #endif | |
6425 | // _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_ | |
d2d0adc7 | 6426 |